XXXXXXXXX UNIVERSITY

DEPARTMENT OF XXXXXXXXXXX

FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER

ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM

FOR

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE

IN

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

October, 2020
BAHIR DAR, ETHIOPIA
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Contents
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY iv
Name of the program: Electrical Engineering iv
Standard period of study: 5 years or 10 Semesters iv
Commencement of the Curriculum: 2020/2021 iv
1. About the Department 1
1.1. Brief Background of the Department 1
1.2. Missions of the Department 1
1.3. Visions of the department 1
2. Background of the Program 1
2.1. Program Vision 2
2.2. Program Mission 3
3. Rational of the Program 3
4. Objectives of the Program 5
4.1. General Objectives 5
4.2. Specific Objectives 5
5. Professional Profile 5
5.1. Core Definitions 5
5.2. General Activities 6
5.3. Knowledge and Skills Required 7
5.4. Graduate Profiles Based on the Streams 9
5.4.1. Communication Engineering 9
5.4.2. Electronics engineering 10
5.4.3. Electrical Power Engineering 11
5.4.4. Industrial Control Engineering Focus 13
5.5. Potential Employers of Electrical Engineers 14
6. The Program Profile 15
6.1. Structure of the Program 15
6.3. Program Composition 22
7. Student Enrollment 23
7.1. Admission Criteria to the Program 23
7.1.1. Admission to Regular Program 23

i
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

7.1.2. Admission to Continuing Education Program 23

7.1.3. Program Placement 23
8. Teaching-Learning Methods and Materials 24
8.1. Methodology 24
8.2. Resources 25
8.2.1. Human Resources 25
8.2.2 Laboratory Facilities 25
9. Assessment and Evaluation 26
9.1. Assessment Method 26
10. Quality Assurance 27
11. Graduation Requirements 27
12. Degree Nomenclature 28
14. Semester Course Breakdown for Regular Program 32
14.1. Common Electrical Engineering Semesters 32
15. List of Modules and Course Description 42
15.1. Humanity and Social Science Module 42
15.2. Management and Entrepreneurship Module 92
15.3. General Engineering Skill Module 104
15.4. Mathematics and Physics Module 108
15.5. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Module 120
15.6. Engineering Mechanics Module 134
15.7. Electrical Workshop Module 140
15.8. Electronics Module 144
15.9. Signal Processing and Analysis Module 172
15.10. Programming and Artificial Intelligence 187
15.11. Communication Systems Module 193
15.12. RF and Microwave Systems Module 200
15.13. Wireless Communications and Networking Module 208
15.14. Power Systems Module 221
15.15. Power Systems Design and Application Module 232
15.16. Electrical Machines, Drives and Control Module 243
15.17. Digital Electronics and Computer Architecture Module 264

ii
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

16.18 Process Control and Automation Module 270

16.19 Industrial Practice Module 284
16.20 Project and Research Module 286
Appendices 292

iii
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Name of the program: Electrical Engineering

Name of the degree to be awarded:

- Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering
(Communication Engineering Stream)
- Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering
(Electronics Engineering Stream)
- Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering
(Electrical Power Engineering Stream)
- Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering
(Industrial Control Engineering Stream)

Degree to be awarded by: Bahir Dar University/Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Standard period of study: 5 years or 10 Semesters

Total Credit Point (CP): - 324 for Communication Engineering Stream
- 324 for Electronics Engineering Stream
- 318 for Electrical Power Engineering Stream
- 324 for Industrial Control Engineering Stream
Commencement of the Curriculum: 2019/2020

Remark: If there is any inconvenience in the curriculum regarding course name, course
code, course weight (lecture, tutor, lab/practice, home study and CP) and other related
issues, the semester course breakdown will govern.

iv
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. About Faculty of Electrical and Computer Engineering

1.1. Brief Background of the Faculty

Nestled in the beautiful green city of Bahir Dar, just at shore of Lake Tana, the Faculty of Electrical
and Computer Engineering is one of the largest faculties in Bahir Dar Institute of Technology,
Bahir Dar University. The faculty offers undergraduate programs leading to BSc degree in
Electrical Engineering and Computer Engineering in the regular program with duration of five
years; and in continuing program too with duration of six years. It also offers a two-year MSc
degree in Electrical Engineering with a specialization in Power Systems Engineering,
Communication Systems Engineering, Industrial Control Engineering, Microelectronics
Engineering and Computer Engineering. Besides, it offers PhD in Electrical Engineering with
Power Systems Engineering, Communication Systems Engineering and Computer Engineering
specialization. The faculty experienced a surge in enrolment of students in the regular as well the
continuing program, which reveals the fact that the faculty offers students not only the excellence
in cutting-edge technical knowledge and applications, but also in a multidisciplinary engineering
and science background for the career that our students have planned.

1.2. Visions of the Faculty

• Aspire to be a source of pride for the nation through excellence in electrical,
computer and biomedical engineering education, research and innovation.
1.3. Missions of the Department
• To produce competent professionals in electrical, computer and biomedical
engineering through undergraduate and graduate studies.
• To conduct problem-solving research focusing on knowledge and technology
transfer in line with the priority needs of the nation.
• To expand technology based consultancy and community services.
2. Background of the Program
In the modern-days, development of a country mainly depends on the development of the
industries. The development of these sectors significantly depends on the standard of technical
education nurtured by the universities and the technical institutes of the country. It is observed
that most of the developed countries maintain a strong relationship between the universities

1
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

and the industries. It is believed that the universities are the gateway of new technologies.
Universities develop new technologies and by co-operating with industries they implement
these technologies to raise the standard and effectiveness of the industry. Universities take the
responsibilities to provide technical human resources for the industries of any country.

The Electrical Engineering (EE) program is one of the largest programs in the Bahir Dar
Institute of Technology of Bahir Dar University. The Program has been serving the country
and also advanced the University’s reputation. It has trained a significant number of Electrical
Engineers in the country who are playing key roles in the various sectors of development in
the country. The core strategy of the Program is to pursue its vision and mission to enhance
its research, linkage with industry, academic and scholarly activities and become a center of
excellence for its programs, thereby improving its eminence in national and international
rankings.
2.1. Program Vision
The EE Program aspires to excel in teaching, research, and industry linkage/consultancy at a
national level as well as regionally and also in producing competent engineers within the field
of electrical, electronic, and computer engineering to solve the problem of our country and
bring about growth.

Realization of this vision requires focusing on specializations relevant to the need of the
country; namely, Electronics and Communication Engineering, Electrical Power Engineering,
and Industrial Control Engineering. This in turn requires institutional reorganization such as
upgrading to faculty level where each discipline may have its own program.

The attainment of this vision will require hard work on the part of Institute/program, staff,
and students. This effort will require collaboration with the administration, alumni, industrial
friends, different organizations and other universities.

Taking into consideration the requirements of modern industries the program has realized
that there is a need to implement the following four specializations (streams) in the present
undergraduate electrical engineering course.

• Communication Engineering,
• Electronics Engineering,
• Electrical Power Engineering,
2
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Industrial Control Engineering

The coverage of these specialized areas will be given during the last three or four semesters
of the present B.Sc. engineering course.

2.2. Program Mission

The Electrical Engineering Program is aimed:
• To produce skilled manpower in electrical and computer engineering to lead
productive and rewarding professional lives at the forefront of Engineering based
on:
✓ Current technological advancement in the area,
✓ The demand from the industries (need of the country),
✓ Increasing the linkage between the industry and the faculty,
✓ Enhancing the innovative and problem-solving skills of the graduates.
• To foster research and project work to solve the problems of the society.
• To conduct community service activities.

3. Rational of the Program

• Engineering in general and Electrical Engineering in particular is a highly dynamic

field of study in that the rapid development of the technology doesn’t allow leaving
academic curricula untouched for a long time. Thus, to minimize the gap between
the state-of-the art and the teaching process and maintain the relevance and
educational standard, there is always a need for curricula review.
• The basic rationale for the program is the prevailing conditions in the Country with
respect to the needs for professionals in this area and the future trends that are
developing in the demands for the profession. The Program has been keenly
following the developments in this regard both within the Country and
internationally and the following provide some of the major facts and observations
on which these programs premised.
• Over the years the Program has trained students and has now reached a conclusion
where graduates of its undergraduate program are equipped with sufficient

3
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

theoretical and practical skills that would enable them to be engaged in work in the
Electrical/Electronic sector of the national economy.
• Ethiopia, like many of the developing countries, is essentially a user of products of
Electrical Engineering technology. So far, the undergraduate program is designed
so as to meet the needs of the main employers of the graduates in the operation and
maintenance of electrical and electronic equipment and machines.
• It is still logical to maintain the broad nature of the undergraduate curricula that
affords the graduates versatility in terms of employment. But it has now become
necessary to look ahead to the future needs of the Country and provide educational
means to meet these needs. The current revision of the curricula has therefore
sought to address these through strengthening all streams.
• With the advent of microelectronics, computers and computer-based equipment
have found wider application in industry and other sectors. The declining prices for
these equipment’s have also made them affordable and therefore accessible to large
segments in industry. Computer applications have now been diversified and the
traditional use of the computer in data processing and other computational
applications are only a small part of these diverse applications.
• The convergence of computers and communication technologies has made it
imperative to provide education that imports knowledge & skill in these three fields
concurrently. The Electrical Engineering Program is well placed to offer such a
program through its currently revised programs.
• This newly revised EE degree program is a 5-year program, including industry
internship semester, which prepares graduates for careers as professional engineers
in such areas as Electronics Engineering, Communication Engineering, Electrical
Power Engineering, and Industrial Control Engineering. The training provided
should be versatile and enables graduates to work in research, design, development,
manufacturing, quality control, marketing, sales and technical support, and as
entrepreneurs, consultants and teachers.
• The aim is to produce electrical engineers who are flexible across various
disciplines; and can apply their knowledge and skills to lead multi-disciplinary
teams to solve the increasingly complex problems of the industry and technology.

4
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

4. Objectives of the Program

4.1. General Objectives

• To train high level technical manpower, who carry out research in the areas of
Electrical Engineering and render consultancy services to the community, in the
national development activities;

4.2. Specific Objectives

• To train Electrical Engineers.

• To prepare graduates with the capability of following the current and future
developments in the field and related applications.
• To enable graduates work as a team in addressing technical problems
• To provide opportunity for workers in the field of electrical technology to
upgrade their knowledge through a continuing education evening program.
• To provide graduates with sufficient background to undertake postgraduate
training in any one of the various focus areas of Electrical Engineering discipline.
• To engage students in research that offers optimal solutions to technical problems
in the industry, energy sector, telecommunications, computer applications and
other industrial sectors.
• To offer consultancy service to the government, industry and society.
5. Professional Profile

5.1. Core Definitions

Electrical Engineering is the branch of engineering that deals with the technology of
electricity, especially the design and application of electronic circuits, equipment for power
generation and distribution, machine control, and communications and computer hardware
and software.

A Professional Electrical Engineer is competent by virtue of his/her fundamental education

and training to apply the scientific method and outlook to the solution of problems and to
assume personal responsibility for the development and application of engineering science and
techniques especially in designing, manufacturing, superintending, research, and managing.

5
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

An engineer is a person qualified by aptitude, education, and experience to perform

engineering functions.

The Electrical Engineer who works in the industry will encounter challenging problems in
designing systems to meet the requirements of society and to deliver increasing amounts of
electrical energy in a safe, clean and economical manner. Similarly, the communication,
control and instrumentation engineers are to provide solutions to various engineering
/technological challenging problems. In order to meet this demand of society as well as
technology, engineers should commit themselves to the highest ethical and professional
conduct. An Electrical Engineer upholds and advances the integrity, honor and dignity of the
engineering profession by:

1. Using their knowledge and skill for the enhancement of human welfare;
2. Being honest and impartial, and serving with fidelity the public, their employers and
clients;
3. Striving to increase the competence and prestige of the engineering profession;
4. Supporting the professional and technical societies of their disciplines.
5. Dedicating herself/himself to the protection of public health, safety, welfare and
environment in his/her occupation.
6. Accepting and offering honest criticism of technical work, and acknowledging correct
errors, and crediting properly the contributions of others;
7. Treating fairly all persons regardless of such factors as race, religion, gender, disability,
age, or national origin;

8. Avoiding injuring others, their property, reputation, or employment by false or malicious

action;
9. Imparting knowledge to the student as a teacher.

5.2. General Activities

The professional Electrical Engineer can do the following major activities

⮚ Research and Development

• Developing new products on existing or new technologies.
• Applied research on new technologies and improving the existing technology.

6
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

⮚ Modelling and Design

• Designing of required system and /or devices for indigenization (modifying)
• Designing of interface units to adapt existing devices with new systems.
• Modifying an existing system to enhance its utilization.
• Production/Manufacturing
• Supervising, modifying and optimizing manufacturing process to improve cost
effective yields with quality.

⮚ Installation, Operation and Maintenance

• After understanding the procedures as given in manual of manufacturer is able to
install, operate and maintain the systems.
• Analysis and Testing
• Analyzing and developing test set-ups for testing system/devices to assess the
quality, safety and reliability of performance of the system.
• Troubleshooting and repairing the system.

⮚ Analysis and Testing

• Analyzing and developing test set-ups for testing system/devices to assess the
quality, safety and reliability of performance of the system.
• Troubleshooting and repairing the system.

⮚ Sales, Consultation and Purchase

• Sales person for National/ International Companies.

• Consulting Companies to optimize the price-performance of systems.
• Defining and justifying the requirements for sales and purchase.

5.3. Knowledge and Skills Required

Engineering is an application of mathematical and scientific theories to practical technical
problems. To this end electrical engineers must have a fundamental knowledge in the
following areas of science and engineering:
• Fundamental knowledge in engineering mathematics.
• Fundamental knowledge in physics, EM fields, semiconductors, electrical materials,
thermodynamics, static and dynamics.

7
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Knowledge in electrical machines, electronic analogue and digital circuits, signal &
system, measurements, control, microprocessor and communication.
• Knowledge in computer hardware and software.
Besides the theoretical knowledge in mathematics and sciences Electrical Engineers must
develop and acquire some behavioral and managerial skills. These include:
Critical Thinking: Using logic and reasoning to identify the strengths and weaknesses of
alternative solutions, conclusions, or approaches to problems.
Active Learning: Understanding the implications of new information for both current and
future problem solving and decision-making.
Operation Analysis: Analyzing needs and product requirements to create a design.
Reading Comprehension: Understanding written sentences and paragraphs in work
related documents.
Writing Ability: preparing technical papers, text material, and manuals.
Equipment Selection: Determining the kind of tools and equipment needed to do a job.
Judgment and Decision-Making: Considering the relative costs and benefits of
potential actions to choose the most appropriate one.
Instructing: Teaching others how to do something.
Interpersonal Skill: Co-operative, polite, self-expressive.
Research and Development Conduction Skills: Capable of doing basic and applied R&D
works in electronics and communication.
Managerial Skill: Team coordination and leadership quality.
Entrepreneurial Skill: Capable of transforming engineering knowledge, human
resources and financial arrangement into a useful business to serve the society and him-
/her-self. Consultancy: Capable of need assessment, system design and specification,
technical evaluation, installation and commissioning.
Personnel Characteristics/Behavior: Electrical Engineers need the following
characteristics/behaviors:
Able to understand the state of art techniques, devices, software, protocols.
• Proceeding in methodical approach to solve problems.
• Being a team member communicative, cooperative and transparent.
• Working independently, assuming responsibility.

8
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Leading, motivating and caring professionals.

• Managing the project, productions, manpower and resources cost effectively.
• Learning life-long, improving the skills and exploring new areas.
• Observing national and international standards and regulation.

5.4. Graduate Profiles Based on the Streams

The following streams of Electrical Engineering are identified by the program as very
important for the development of the country.

5.4.1. Communication Engineering

Communication engineering has to do with transmission of information (audio, video, and data)
across a channel (wire, space, fiber optics) from a point of transmission to a receiving end. A
development in communication system infrastructure plays a great role in country’s economic
development. With communication system, it is possible to share a limited resource to a very large
number of consumers. Developing countries like Ethiopia, which have a limited human resource
in the area of education and medicine, can make use of communication systems to distribute this
limited resource to its citizens. For this reason, it is believed that to be able to design and implement
communication systems in our country qualified engineers in the area of communication and
electronics are needed.

⮚ Services Provided by Communication Engineers

The following services are provided by Communication Engineers:
• Design and implement communication systems based on accepted international
standards.
• Model communication systems to evaluate design performance
• Develop evaluation and selection criteria for communication components
• Sets up standard test apparatus or devises test equipment and circuitry to conduct
functional, operational, environmental, and life tests to evaluate performance and
reliability of prototype or production model. Analyzes and interprets test data
• Check functioning of newly installed electronic and communication equipment to
evaluate system performance under actual operating conditions.

9
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Provide software-tools for information processing

• Integrate hardware and software to build a working electronic/communication
system
• Design and develop Communication Networks
• Develop and maintain communication transmission and switching equipment
• Train (formal & his experiences) his subordinates and other professionals
• Manage and plan project tailored to electronics and communication systems
• Communicate his/her work in appropriate formats (written, oral, and graphical) and
critically evaluate materials presented by others.
• Develop project proposal, design and implementation/management.

⮚ Specialization Areas of Communication Engineering

Specialization areas of Communication Engineering are the following:
• Communication System Engineering
• Mobile Communication and Wireless Computing
• Broadband Communication Engineering
• Microwave-circuit Engineering
• Advanced Digital Signal Processing
• Telecommunication and Telemetric
• Biomedical signal processing
• Information Communication and Networking

5.4.2. Electronics engineering

Electronics engineering is a professional discipline that deals with the behavior and effect of
electrons (as in electron tubes and transistors) and with electronic devices, systems, or
equipment. It is known that in any electrical system electronics plays a fundamental role in
the operation of the system. Household consumer equipment like TV, DVD, mp3 players,
radio, audio recorders etc. depend on the electric circuit for their operation. Electronics is also
applied in satellites, radars, computers, power plants and many more areas that use electrical
systems.

⮚ Services Provided by Electronics Engineers

10
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

The following services are provided by Electronics Engineers:

• Design and implement electronic systems based on accepted international
standards.
• Model electronic systems to evaluate design performance
• Develop evaluation and selection criteria for electronic components
• Sets up standard test apparatus or devises test equipment and circuitry to conduct
functional, operational, environmental, and life tests to evaluate performance and
reliability of prototype or production model. Analyzes and interprets test data
• Check functioning of newly installed electronic equipment to evaluate system
performance under actual operating conditions.
• Provide software-tools for information processing
• Integrate hardware and software to build a working electronic system
• Train (formal & his experiences) his subordinates and other professionals
• Manage and plan project tailored to electronics systems
• Communicate his/her work in appropriate formats (written, oral, and graphical)
and critically evaluate materials presented by others.
• Develop project proposal, design and implementation/management.

⮚ Specialization Areas of Electronics Engineering

Specialization areas of Electronic Engineering are the following:
• Microelectronics Systems
• Microwave-circuit Engineering
• Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) analogue and digital circuit design
• Electronic Product Design
• Biomedical signal processing
• Embedded Systems Design
• Nano-to- macro electronic semiconductor microwave devices

5.4.3. Electrical Power Engineering

Electrical power engineering is concerned with generation, transmission, distribution, and

utilization of electric energy. Electrical Power engineers are involved in planning, research, design,

11
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

development, construction, installation, testing, operation, control and maintenance of electrical

systems, machines and equipment for safe, reliable and economic generation, transmission,
distribution and control of electrical energy. They also play an increasing role in real time
electricity pricing and other economic aspects of the system. Power Engineering covers fields of
Electrical Energy and Power Systems, Power Electronics, Electrical Machines, Electrical Drives
and Control Systems.

⮚ Services Provided by Electrical Power Engineers

The following services are provided by Electrical Power Engineers:

• Conduct research to make a significant contribution to developing new methods and

new technology for efficient and environmentally friendly energy systems.
• Conduct research in the area of power generation with different resources and
mechanisms (solar, wind, fuel, hydro, geothermal and others)
• Conduct research on efficient and environmentally friendly transmission and
distribution systems and extended to proper control and protection systems.
• Conduct research in electrical machines, transformers and other power devices.
• Reviewing literature for modelling, design, development and control of power plants,
electrical systems, machines and devices.
• Research on effective maintenance and control of power plants.
• Conduct research on secure operation of electrical power systems, economics of
electrical utilities, real time electricity pricing and control of the system.
• Design and development of power plants (thermal, hydro, and non-conventional power
plants). (generation)
• Models (design) of both physical infrastructure of the power system as well as the
embedded network communication infrastructure.
• Design and development of protection and control of electrical systems.
• Design of monitoring and control technologies of power systems and modeling
techniques with these technologies.

• Design and development of electrical machines, devices and components for

generation, transmission, distribution, switchgear and protection systems.
• Design and development of microprocessor/microcontroller based electrical systems.

12
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Design and development of renewable energy systems (solar, wind, etc.)

• Design and development of electrical appliances for industrial, commercial, medical
and utility services and as well static power converters.
• Studying and simulation of information technology systems on traditional systems for
the achievement of efficient operation and control of power systems.
• Knowing the construction/manufacturing procedures for production of electrical
machines, devices and components for power generation, transmission, distribution,
control, switch-gear and protection systems.
• Understand the installation and operation procedures of electrical systems, machines
and devices as given in the manuals supplied by manufacturers.
• Operate electrical systems and machines.
• Carry out maintenance work as and when required.

⮚ Specialization Areas of Electrical Power Engineers

The following are useful field of specialization in the area of power engineering:
• Power Electronics
• High Voltage Engineering
• Transmission and Distribution Engineering.
• Power System Planning, Operation and Control
• Electrical System Design
• Computer Applications in Power Systems
• Electric Drives
• Hydro Power Engineering

5.4.4. Industrial Control Engineering Focus

• Design, develop and analyze control and instrumentation system applied for
monitoring, data acquisition and data analysis of electrical and non-electrical
systems including digital, analogue, robust and higher order controllers.
• Plan, produce, install, implement, operate and maintain the control and
instrumentation systems.

13
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5.5. Potential Employers of Electrical Engineers

Electrical Engineers can work in various industries/institutions, some of which are listed
below:
• Power Utilities
• Telecommunication industries
• Manufacturing industries
• Aviation and airlines (avionics)
• Automobiles
• Banking sectors
• Consumer electronics
• Defense organization
• Educational institutions
• Insurance and finance sector
• Medical sector
• Maintenance and service support industries
• National science and development centers
• Radio, TV broadcasting services
• Research and development centers
• Sales and marketing organizations
• And others

Depending on the job profile, various job titles are known for Electronic and
Communication Engineer:

• Design engineer
• Project engineer
• Chief engineer
• Quality control engineer
• Test and Reliability engineer
• Systems design engineer
• Development and research engineer
• Sales engineer

14
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

6. The Program Profile

Upon completion of the study, graduates are expected to acquire the following knowledge and
skills:
▪ Understand the scientific basis and principles of Electrical Engineering.
▪ Undertake research to design and develop appropriate Electrical and Electronics systems
▪ Provide evidence that improves effective and efficient utilization of Electrical and
Electronics equipments and systems
▪ Able to assemble, install, repair and carryout preventive maintenance of Electrical and
Electronics equipments and instruments.
▪ Design, develop, modify, operate, maintain and test different software and hardwares.
▪ Able to lead and manage the planning, coordination, monitoring and evaluation of
procurement, installation, utilization and maintenance of Electrical Engineering devices
and systems.
▪ Develop safety standards and operating procedures that guide for proper and safe
utilization as well as maintenance and repair of Electrical Engineering devices and
systems.
▪ Acquire interpersonal skills that help to work as a team and interaction with clients and
stakeholders through training and consultation.
▪ Develop skill and confidence to be entrepreneurs for procurement, installation, proper
utilization and maintenance of Electrical Engineering devices and systems.
▪ Work on evaluation and accreditation of new developed items based on international
standards.
6.1. Structure of the Program

• The new EE program focuses on broad-based training to provide flexibility of career

choices and focused training to provide competence in particular electrical engineering
profession. It finds balance between breadth and depth to provide a solid foundation in
the basic engineering, mathematics, electrical engineering on one hand, and
comprehensive training in humanities and management on the other.
• The assessment semester is intended to consolidate the students' educational
background for higher learning and further help them to adapt to the system.

15
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• In the five consecutive semesters, after the common assessment semester, all the
students take courses mainly in the core electrical engineering category. This provides
them with a broad background for all areas of electrical and electronic engineering. At
the end of the sixth semester, the students will be taking a holistic evaluation that
requires an overview of all the courses taken to make sure that they are ready for the
focus area studies and to indicate inclination of students towards the focus area.
• At the end of 7th semester, students are given the opportunity to focus on one of the
areas namely: Electronics Engineering, Communication Engineering, Electrical Power
Engineering, and Industrial Control Engineering as shown in the flowchart.

• The students are placed to the streams based on their interest (50%), the holistic
exam result (20%) result and the cumulative grade point (30 %)

16
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

6.2. Descriptions of the Module Categories

a. Humanity and Social Science Category

• This category has the following main objectives:

• This category helps the students to know the responsibilities and duties of a good
citizen, so that their participation in the development of democratic society becomes
effective;

17
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To create the power of critical thinking the category provides the techniques &
methods for testing the correctness of many different kind of reasoning including their
own and thereby errors are easily detected;
• To develop effective ways of expressing themselves as well as expressing the technical
details in terms of speaking and writing of English;
• To understand the role of the cost-effective methods of doing every task the students
are exposed to the role of economics in society and the role of engineering economy;
• To understand the role of managers, applicable to different program s of various
industries.
b. Scientific and Engineering Fundamentals Category

• This category helps the student to learn the engineering languages like that of
Mathematics and Engineering Drawing and provides the fundamental concepts of
Physics for the electrical engineers. It helps the students
• To understand and apply the various concepts of calculus, differential equations, linear
algebra and various engineering series and sequences;
• To understand and express random events for representing the behaviors of signals
embedded in noises;
• To be able to apply various computational methods for modeling technical operations;
• To understand the fundamental concepts of Statics, and Dynamics for engineering
applications;
• To know and practice the representation in engineering drawing.

c. Core Electrical Engineering Category

Main Objective
Train Electrical Engineers who can:
• design, develop, install, operate, test and maintain Electrical and Electronics
equipments and systems.
• carry out research in the areas of Electrical Engineering that are relevant to the needs
of the country.
Specific Objectives

18
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

▪ Design, develop, install, operate, test and maintain Electrical Engineering devices and
systems.
▪ carry out research in the areas of Electrical Engineering that are relevant to the needs of
the country.
▪ Provide graduates with sufficient background knowledge in Electrical Engineering
▪ Enable graduates to participate on current research in Electrical Engineering
▪ Prepare graduates with capability to follow the current and future developments in the
field and related applications.
▪ Engage students in technical activities to support industries.
▪ Enable graduates to work as a team in addressing technical problems that encounter in
real life and industries.
⮚ Communication Engineering Stream
• Communication engineering involves the transfer of information such as voice, music,
data, videos or graphics, between people or machines at different locations. This focus
area helps the student to get the exposure on the fundamentals of most commonly used
electronic communication techniques in telecommunication and data communication
systems. These students will be able to undertake higher studies on Electronic
Communication. On the completion of courses in this stream students will be able:
• To participate in design and maximize the utilization of communication links and
network efficiently and with the least possible delay and adequate quality;
• To participate in research in the area of system design/networking and bring solutions
in operational settings;
• To solve problems in intensive signal processing and routing of information packets.

⮚ Electronics Engineering Stream

• Design and implement electronic systems based on accepted international
standards.
• Model electronic systems to evaluate design performance
• Provide software-tools for information processing
• Integrate hardware and software to build a working electronic system
• Train (formal & his experiences) his subordinates and other professionals

19
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Manage and plan project tailored to electronics systems

⮚ Electrical Power Engineering Stream
• Students will study power system planning, design, operation, protection and control.
They will gain basic knowledge of electrical power generation, transmission,
distribution and utilization of electrical energy. They will also study the economical
aspect of power generation, transmission and distribution systems. The focus area
offers courses to familiarize one with modern power system analysis, design, planning,
operation, control, and protection of power systems. At the end of the study, the student
is expected to:
• To understand all the components of a power system including generation,
transmission, and distribution;
• To participate in research in the area of system design/networking and bring solutions
in operational settings;
• To solve power system problems.

⮚ Industrial Control Engineering Stream

• Students will study the characteristics and designs of the industrial automation process.
Control and automation is one of the fast growing branches of electrical engineering
with the advent of electronics and computers. Its application and employment
opportunity are almost everywhere in industry and commercial offices. In this focus
area process control, industrial automation, modern and digital control engineering,
power electronics and drive courses, are given in depth to prepare the student for
practical challenges in the real world and for postgraduate study.
• At the end of the study, the student is expected to:
• To assist in the analysis and design of practical industrial control systems;
• To participate in research in the area of industrial control and instrumentation system;
• To solve industry problems that can result in maximum efficiency and productivity.
d. Industry Internship (Industry Placement)
In industry internship students must be attached with an industry for one regular semester
in order to get real world experience in their field of study, which compliments their
education.

20
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

General
The prerequisite for registration in the industry attachment program is successful completion of
all semesters before the internship program. At the end of their internship, the student and the
internship coach at the industry have to submit a report on the attachment program, which is
evaluated at the program committee with pass or fail grade. Students who cannot obtain a pass
mark for the internship program will not be allowed to register for the next semester. They will
be advised to repeat the semester with the next batch of students.

The new Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) curriculum in the Electrical Engineering program requires
a one-semester internship (industry placement) after the successful completion of the „holistic

examination‟ given at the end of the sixth semester of the program. During the internship, the
daily and monthly working times follow the systems practiced in the respective industry for the
upper middle-level management. Specifically, they follow the system practiced in the respective
company that hosts the student.

At the end of the internship, the student submits to the school comprehensive report, duly
endorsed by the student’s host company. The report is assigned 30 CP. The required format and
assessment of the report is detailed in the Curriculum Handbook for the program.

Objectives

• The internship program has the following objective(s):

• Expansion of knowledge and acquaintance with industry in the field of Electrical

Engineering. Consolidation and deepening of existing knowledge in the Electrical
Engineering design and construction industry.
• Participation in the development, manufacture and assembly of products typical for the
industry.
• Involvement in the planning, steering and management of the design and construction
processes.
• Hands-on training in practical skills typical for the industry. Typically, this
would be participation –individually or within a (task) group– in real
assignments/projects, which entails the application of knowledge and skills attained
so far during the studies at University –and aiming at developing special skills related

21
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

to the industrial practice.

22
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Academic Requirements

The academic requirements for entry into the internship (industry-placement) is based on
the legislation/ guideline of the Bahir Dar Institute of Technology, Bahir Dar University

e. B.Sc. Project

The B.Sc. Project is the final element of the B.Sc. study program. The main goal of this course
is to develop the individual creative and problem-solving ability of graduates. Students will
give an individual project specification from various areas and work them out individually
under the supervision of faculty advisor or/and professional advisor from the industry. The
candidate uses all the theoretical knowledge and practical skill he obtained during his/her study
to solve the engineering problem in a scientific way which includes problem analysis, solution,
verification, implementation, documentation, and presentation. B.Sc. Project is defended in
front of the official committee at the end of the study.

6.3. Program Composition

The total credit points requirement for graduation in any one of the streams is 318-319 CPs
are covered during the first seven common semesters composed of courses from the three basic
categories: Humanity and social science, Scientific and engineering fundamentals and Core
electrical engineering. The remaining credit points, i.e., 94 CPs on average, are given during
the last three focus area semesters which consists of Focus area courses, Internship and B.Sc.
Thesis. The categories are summarized in the following table.

Table 1: Course Categories

Category Percent
Humanity and Social Sciences 12.04
Engineering Science and Mathematics 12.62
Core Electrical Engineering 42.52
Focus Area (Average) 23.49
Internship & Project 9.32
Percentage Total 100

23
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

7. Student Enrollment

7.1. Admission Criteria to the Program

Admissions to all regular undergraduate programs are processed through the Ministry of
education (MoE) of the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. This is currently true for all
public Higher Education Institutes across the whole nation. Admissions to the continuing
education program (CEP) are processed through the institute registrar office based on the
criteria set by the University.

7.1.1. Admission to Regular Program

Students who have successfully completed the first-year common freshman courses are
eligible to join the regular undergraduate B.Sc. degree program in Electrical Engineering.
Depending on available spaces, diploma graduates from TVET (Technical Vocational
Education and Training) in the fields of Electrical Engineering will be admitted based on
grades on competitive basis and rules of the university legislation.

7.1.2. Admission to Continuing Education Program

The criteria set for admission to the regular program will be employed as the criteria for
admission to the continuing education program.

Candidates who are diploma graduates from an engineering faculty, TVET or similar
recognized college in the fields of Electrical/Electronic Engineering with a minimum cutoff
point will be admitted based on space availability, and competitive basis.

Limited numbers of junior staff such as technical assistants in relevant fields may be
admitted each year based on university legislation.

7.1.3. Program Placement

After successful completion of the freshman semester (1st semester), students will choose
academic programs according to their desired field of study and BiT guideline.

24
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

8. Teaching-Learning Methods and Materials

The core philosophy of the teaching-learning process would be focused at producing a graduate
who is sensitized towards community problems and who can bring about a palpable change
employable problem solver through knowledge application in the real-life setting tuned towards
continuous self-learning and geared up to meet challenges and to carry forward the task of
industrial and national development.

8.1. Methodology

The teaching-learning methods to be adopted, for the transfer and/or acquisition of knowledge
and skill development include:

• Classroom Lectures backed up by Course-Work Project, Tutorials and Assignments,

• Lectures by Industry professionals and resource persons on a periodic basis

• Interactive based “Blended E-Learning” and other such self-learning modules,

• Workshop Practice and Laboratory Exercises,

• Practical Demonstrations,

• Audio-Visual teaching materials,

• Wall mounted display charts

• Field visits related to community development/intervention

• Industrial visits.

• Practical and development-oriented design project

• Individual and group seminars/Presentations

• Group tasks/discussions/Case studies

• Assembling/disassembling of real-world prototypes

25
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

8.2. Resources
The Electrical Engineering program should be equipped with the necessary resources and
equipment to meet its objectives. The kind of resources can be classified as human resources,
teaching and learning facilities – Lab, Libraries, Workshops, Computer labs etc.
8.2.1. Human Resources
The program should have staff from several disciplines to deliver the lecture, tutorials and
laboratory sessions. Supportive courses should be delivered by the respective departments. The
chair holders can also arrange a joint delivery of some courses when deemed appropriate.
Sex Technical BSC. MSc. PhD. In study
Assistance Holder Holder Holder MSc. PhD.
M 17 17 43 5 7 9
F 5 0 5 0 4 2
Sub Total 22 17 48 5 11 11
Total 114

8.2.2 Laboratory Facilities

S. No Name of Laboratory Quantity

1 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering Lab 1

2 Electronics lab 1

3 Communication Systems lab 1

4 Antenna Lab 1

5 DSP Lab 1

6 Power Systems lab I 1

7 Power System Lab II 1

8 Microprocessor and Interfacing lab 1

9 Control Systems lab 1

10 Instrumentation lab 1

26
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

11 Electrical Machines lab 1

12 Advanced Machine II 1

13 Power Electronics 1

14 Protection Lab 1

15 Smart Grid Lab 1

16 Electrical Workshop lab 1

17 Postgraduate lab 1

18 Process control and Automation 1

19 Final Year Project Room 1

9. Assessment and Evaluation

At the end of each semester, the student sits for final examinations of the courses he/she has
attended (minimum 85% for lectures and tutorials, 100% for practical exercises). A student
must pass the examinations for all the courses.

9.1. Assessment Method

Most courses will be assessed by a combination of written and oral examinations. Reports on
project work should also be part and parcel of the assessment metrics. The design activities shall
be assessed entirely by course work and this often shall include assessment of oral presentations.

According to the revised curriculum, in addition to regular quizzes, home works, and assignments,
practical’s, the students will undertake two major exams for most courses, the first at the middle
(Mid-term Exam) and the second at the end of each semester (Final Exam). Some senior courses
may not have Mid-term Exams; instead, students will be evaluated based on project work. Students
will leave for industrial internship at the end of fourth year second semester (summer) for 2 months
august and July. The grade of the industrial internship must be Pass/Fail. They must score on
the industrial internship greater or equal to fifty (50) to pass. If they fail, they can graduate but
they take their degree if and only if they pass the industrial internship. In addition, the students
will take a holistic examination covering all basic study modules before they leave for their
internship.

27
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

In the final year, students should be required to present and defend their B.Sc. thesis work in
front of examining professors and interested audiences.

9.2. Evaluation Method

The grading system will be held as per the academic policy of BiT.

10. Quality Assurance

Quality assurance can be used as an instrument to improve the system continuously, install
accountability and enable compatibility with other higher education systems. The quality of the
program is assessed in terms of the instruction performance and impact of program on the
quality of graduates looking for a job or further studies. The following factors help to ensure the
quality of the education:

To maintain the level of courses, course description is prepared in detail containing course
objectives, learning outcome, course outline, textbooks, references and laboratory tasks. With
regard to instruction performance, in line with the University policy, student evaluations are
taken into account. The feedback from the students are used to improve the quality of
instruction.

Examinations are assessed by the Program al Examination Committee to verify the level of the
course’s instruction.

Industry feedback will be an integral part of the process of quality assurance. The quality of
graduates is measured with the feedback obtained from the employers and stakeholders who are
the immediate beneficiaries of the program and also the graduates who are able to rate their own
confidence in meeting the challenges they encounter after graduation.

Alumni contacts will be established to find out feedbacks how successful the education they had
at the Program has actually been helpful and what actions to take for further improvement on
the study program.

11. Graduation Requirements

As per the University’s requirement which will be based on the university legislation. The
specific minimum CP for each stream in the program is listed below:

28
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• 324 CP for Communication Engineering Stream.

• 324 CP for Electronics Engineering Stream

• 318 CP for Electrical Power Engineering Stream

• 324 CP for Industrial Control Engineering Stream

12. Degree Nomenclature

After successful completion of all the requirements a student graduating from the Electrical
Engineering program in one of the respective stream areas will be entitled to earn a degree in:

● Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Communication Engineering

Stream)
“የሳይንስ ባችለር ዲግሪ በኤሌክትሪካል ምህንድስና (በኮምኒኬሽን ምህንድስና ዘርፍ)”
● Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Electronics Engineering Stream)
“የሳይንስ ባችለር ዲግሪ በኤሌክትሪካል ምህንድስና (በኤሌክትሮኒክስ ምህንድስና ዘርፍ)”
● Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Electrical Power Engineering
Stream)
“የሳይንስ ባችለር ዲግሪ በኤሌክትሪካል ምህንድስና (በኤሌክትሪካል ፓወር ምህንድስና ዘርፍ)”
● Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering (Industrial Control Engineering
Stream)
“የሳይንስ ባችለር ዲግሪ በኤሌክትሪካል ምህንድስና (በኢንዱስትሪያል ኮንትሮል ምህንድስና ዘርፍ)”

13. Module Profile

The overall module profile of the program

Module
No. Module Name Course Course Name CP Total CPs
Number per
Module
01 EnLa1011 Communicative English Skills I 5
Humanity and 48
EnLa1012 Communicative English Skills II 5
Social Science

29
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

IRGI 2011 Introduction to International Relations 4

and Global Trends
MCiE1012 Morale and Civic Education 4
LoCT1011 Critical Thinking 5
Psyc 1011 General Psychology 5
SpSc1011 Physical Fitness 2
Incl2011 Inclusive Education 4
Anth 1012 Social Anthropology 4
Hist-1012 History of Ethiopia and the Horn 5
GeEs-1011 Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn 5
02 MGMT302 Entrepreneurship and Business 4
Management and 1 Development 13
Entrepreneurship Industrial Management and
IEng5024 4
Engineering Economics
Econ-2022 Introduction to Economics 5
03 EmTe-1032 Introduction to Emerging Technologies 5
General
Engineering Meng2031 Engineering Drawing 5 13
Skill
Meng2033 Workshop Practice 3
Math1041 Mathematics for Natural Sciences 5
04 Mathematics and
Phys1041 General Physics 5
Physics 35
Math1042 Applied Engineering Mathematics I 5
Math2041 Applied Engineering Mathematics II 5
Math2042 Applied Engineering Mathematics III 5
EEng3042 Computational Methods 5
Stat2041 Probability and Statistics 5
EEng2052 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering 5
Fundamentals of
EEng2056 Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3
05 Electrical 23
Lab
Engineering
Phys3051 Applied Modern Physics 5
EEng3053 Electromagnetic Fields 5

30
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

EEng3052 Electrical Materials and Technology 5

06 CEng2061 Engineering Mechanics I (Statics) 5
Engineering 14
Meng2062 Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics) 5
Mechanics
MEng2064 Engineering Thermodynamics 4
Electrical EEng2072 Electrical Workshop Practice I 3
07 Workshop 7
EEng3072 Electrical Workshop Practice II 4
EEng3081 Applied Electronics I 5
EEng3083 Applied Electronics I Lab 3
08 Electronics
EEng3082 Applied Electronics II 5 69

EEng3086 Applied Electronics II Lab 3

EEng4082 Microelectronic Devices and Circuits 5
EEng4086 Principles of Electronic Design 5
EEng5085 Optoelectronics 5
EEng5088 High Frequency Electronics Devices 5
and Systems
EEng5087 Analog System Design 5
EEng5083 Digital System Design 5
EEng5082 Power Electronics Technology and 5
Applications
EEng5081 VLSI Design 4
EEng4083 PCB Design Technology 5
EEng4088 Integrated Circuit Technology 4
Signal Processing EEng3091 Signals and Systems Analysis 5
09 and Analysis 20
EEng3092 Network Analysis and Synthesis 5
EEng4092 Digital Signal Processing 5
EEng5093Statistical Digital Signal Processing 5
and Machine Learning
10 Programming and CoEng1101 Computer Programming 5 20
AI
CoEng3101 Object Oriented Programming 5

31
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

CoEng4102 Data Structures and Algorithm 5

CoEng4104 Artificial Intelligence 5

EEng4116 Introduction to communication systems 5

11 Communication EEng5111 Optical Fiber Communication 5
Systems EEng4112 Digital Communication systems 5 15

12 RF and EEng4122 EM waves and guide structures 5 15

Microwave EEng5125 Microwave devices and systems 5
Systems EEng5123 Antenna and Radio Wave Propagation 5

EEng4132 Introduction to Data Communication 5

Wireless EEng5134 Advanced Data and Telecom Networks 5
13 Communications EEng5132 Wireless and Mobile Communication 5 20
and Systems
Networking EEng5133 Telecommunication Networks 5

EEng4142 Electrical Installation 5

14 EEng4141 Introduction to Power System 5
Power Systems EEng5142 Energy Conversion and Rural 5
Electrification 20
EEng4144 Power Systems 5
EEng5158 Power System Planning & 5
15 Power System Management
Design and EEng5151 Power System Protection 5 19
Application EEng5154 Introduction to Power System 4
Automation
EEng5156 Power System Operation and Control 5
EEng4161 Introduction to Control Engineering 5
Electrical EEng3162 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5
16 Machines, EEng3164 Machine Lab 3 43
Drives & EEng4162 Electrical Machines 5
Control EEng4163 Introduction to Instrumentation 5
EEng4164 Power Electronics 5
EEng5163 Electrical Drives 5
EEng5161 Modern Control System 5
EEng5165 Instrumentation Engineering 5
Digital CoEng4171 Digital Logic Design 5
17 Electronics & CoEng4172 Computer Architecture & Organization 5 15

32
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Computer CoEng5171 Microprocessors and Interfacing 5

Architecture
EEng5184 Process Control Fundamentals 5
18 EEng5185 Industrial Automation 5
EEng5182 Intro. to Robotics 5 30
Process Control
and Automation EEng5186 Embedded Systems 5

EEng5181 Digital Control systems 5

EEng5183 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic 5
Control
19 Industrial EEng4193 Industry Internship 30 30
Practice
EEng5201 Semester Project 4
20 Project EEng4201 Holistic 2 20
Research EEng4202 Research Methods and Presentation 2
EEng5202 Final Year. Project 12

14. Semester Course Breakdown for Regular Program

The semester course breakdown is listed out below.
14.1. Common Electrical Engineering Semesters (219 CPs)
YEAR/S E M E S T E R
I/I
Description Code Total
CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
General Physics phys-1041 5 2 3 0 5
Critical Thinking LoCT1011 5 2 3 0 5
Communicative English Language Skills I FLEn1011 5 2 3 0 5
Mathematics for Natural Sciences Math-1041 5 2 3 0 5
Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn GeES –1011 5 2 3 0 5
General Psychology Psyc1011 5 2 3 0 5
Physical Fitness SpSc1011 P/F 1 0 1 0
Total 30 13 18 1 30

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
I/II
Description Code Total
CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Social Anthropology Anth 1012 4 3 0 0 5
Computer Programming ECEg1102 5 2 0 3 5

33
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Morale and Civic Education MCiE 1012 4 2 2 0 4

Communicative English Language Skills II FLEn-1012 5 2 3 0 5
Introduction to Emerging Technologies EmTe-1032 5 2 3 0 5
Applied Mathematics I Math1042 5 2 3 0 5
Entrepreneurship MGMT1012 5 2 2 0 4
Total 32 15 13 3 33

YEAR/S E M E S T E R

II/I
Description Code Total
CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Engineering Drawing Meng2031 5 2 3 0 5
Engineering Mechanics (Statics) CEng2061 5 2 3 0 5
Probability and Statistics Stat2041 5 2 3 0 5
Applied Engineering Mathematics II Math2041 5 2 3 0 5
Inclusiveness Incl2011 4 2 2 0 4
Economics Econ 2022 5 2 3 0 5
29 12 17 0 29

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
II/II
Description Code Total
CP Lec. Tut. Lab. Hs
Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics) Meng2062 5 2 3 0 5
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering EEng2052 5 2 3 0 5
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Lab EEng2056 3 0 0 3 3
Engineering Thermodynamics MEng2064 4 2 2 0 4
Applied Engineering Mathematics III Math2042 5 2 3 0 5
Electrical Workshop Practice I EEng2072 3 0 0 3 3
Workshop Practice Meng2032 0
3 1 3 2

34
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

28 9 11 9 27

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
III/I
Description Code Total
CP Lec Tut. Lab HS
Global Trends IRGT3021 4 2 2 0 4
Applied Modern Physics EEng3051 5 2 3 0 5
Applied Electronics I EEng3081 5 2 3 0 5
Applied Electronics I Lab EEng3083 3 0 0 3 3
Electromagnetic Fields EEng3053 5 2 3 0 5
Signals and System Analysis EEng3091 5 2 3 0 5
Object Oriented Programming EEng3101 5 2 0 3 5
32 12 14 6 32

YEARS/SEMESTER

III/II
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Computational Methods EEng3042 5 2 0 3 5
Electrical Materials and Technology EEng3052 5 2 3 0 5
Introduction to Electrical Machines EEng3162 5 2 3 0 5
Machine Lab EEng3164 3 0 0 3 3
Electrical Workshop Practice II EEng3072 4 1 0 3 4
Applied Electronics II Lab EEng3082 3 0 0 3 3
Applied Electronics II EEng3082 5 2 3 0 5
Network Analysis and Synthesis EEng3092 5 2 3 0 5
35 11 12 12 35

35
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
IV/I
Description Code Total
CP Lec. Tut. Lab. Hs
Digital Logic Design EEng4081 5 2 0 3 5
Introduction to Communication Systems EEng4116 5 2 3 3 2
Digital Signal Processing EEng4091 5 2 3 3 2
Introduction to Control Systems EEng4161 5 2 3 3 2
Introduction to Power Systems EEng3152 5 2 3 3 2
Introduction to Instrumentation EEng4153 5 2 3 3 2
Holistic Exam EEng4201 Pass/Fail 0 0 0 4
30 12 15 18 19

219
14.1 Electrical Power Engineering Stream Semesters (99 CPs)

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
IV/II
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Computer Architecture and Organization CoEng4172 5 2 3 0 5
Electrical Machines EEng4162 5 2 3 3 2
Power Electronics EEng4164 5 2 3 3 2
Electrical Installation EEng4142 5 2 3 0 5
Power Systems EEng4144 5 2 3 3 2
Modern Control Systems EEng4168 5 2 3 3 2
Research Methods and Presentation EEng4202 3 2 0 0 4
33 14 18 12 22

36
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

YEAR/S E M E S T E R

IV/III
Description Code Total Lec Tut Lab Hs
Industry Internship EEng4193 6 CP 0 0 6 6

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
V/1
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab HS
Artificial Intelligence CoEng5101 5 2 3 0 5
Microprocessors and Interfacing CoEng5171 5 2 1 2 5
Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification EEng5141 5 2 3 0 5`
Electrical Drives EEng5163 5 2 3 3 2
Power System Protection EEng5151 5 2 3 3 2
Semester Project EEng5201 4 0 0 5 3

29 10 13 13 22

V/2
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Introduction to Power System Automation EEng5154 4 2 0 3 3
Power System Operation and Control EEng5156 5 2 3 3 2

37
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Industrial Management and Engineering IEng5024 5 2 3 0 5

Economics
Power System Planning and Management EEng5158 5 2 3 0 5
Final Year Project EEng5202 12 0 0 18 6
31 8 9 24 21

Total Credit Points 318

14.2 Industrial Control Engineering Stream Semesters (105 CPs)

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
IV/II
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Introduction to Instrumentation CoEng4172 5 2 3 0 5
Electrical Machines EEng4162 5 2 3 3 2
Power Electronics EEng4164 5 2 3 3 2
Electrical Installation EEng4142 5 2 3 0 5
Modern Control Systems EEng4168 5 2 3 3 2
Artificial Intelligence CoEng4104 5 2 0 3 5
Research Methods and Presentation EEng4202 3 2 0 0 4
33 14 15 12

YEAR/S E M E S T E R

IV/III
Description Code Total Lec Tut Lab Hs
Industry Internship EEng4193 6CP 0 0 6 6

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
V/1
Total
Description

38
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab HS

Industrial Automation EEng5185 5 2 3 3 2
Microprocessors and Interfacing CoEng5171 5 2 1 2 5
Introduction to Robotics EEng5181 5 2 3 3 2`
Electrical Drives EEng5163 5 2 3 3 2
Instrumentation Engineering EEng5165 5 2 3 3 2
Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic control EEng5183 5 2 0 3 5
Semester Project EEng5201 4 0 0 5 3
34 12 13 22 21
V/2
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Industrial Management and Engineering IEng5021 5 2 3 0 5
Economy
Process Control Fundamentals EEng5184 5 2 3 3 2
Embedded Systems EEng5186 5 2 3 3 2
Digital Control Systems EEng5182 5 2 3 3 2
Final Year Project EEng5202 12 0 0 18 6
32 8 12 27 17

Total Credit Points 324

14.3 Electronics Engineering Stream Semesters (105 CPs)

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
IV/II
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Introduction to Instrumentation CoEng4172 5 2 3 0 5
Principles of Electronics Design EEng4086 5 2 3 0 5
Microelectronic Devices and Circuits EEng4082 5 2 0 3 5
Integrated Circuit Technology EEng4088 5 2 3 0 5
EM Waves and Guide Structures EEng4122 5 2 3 3 2

39
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Artificial Intelligence EEng4102 5 2 3 0 2

30 12 15 6 24

YEAR/S E M E S T E R

IV/III
Description Code Total Lec Tut Lab Hs
Internship EEng4193 6CP 0 0 0 6 6

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
V/1
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab HS
Digital System Design EEng5083 5 2 3 0 5
Analog System Design EEng5087 5 2 3 0 5
Microcomputers and Interfacing CoEng5171 5 2 1 2 5
VLSI Design EEng5081 5 2 0 3 5`
PCB Design Technology EEng5085 5 2 0 3 5
Research Methods and Presentation EEng4201 3 2 0 0 4
Semester Project EEng5201 4 0 0 5 3
32 12 13 7 32

V/2
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Power Electronics Technology and Applications EEng5082 5 2 3 0 5
High Frequency Electronic Devices and Systems EEng5088 5 2 3 0 5
(*)
Industrial Management and Engineering IEng5024 5 2 3 0 5
Economy

40
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Optoelectronics (*) EEng5084 5 2 3 0 5

Electrical Installation EEng4142 5 2 3 0 5
B.Sc. Project EEng5202 12 0 0 18 6
32 8 12 18 26

Total Credit Points 324

14.4 Communication Engineering Stream Semesters (105 CPs)

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
IV/II
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Introduction to Instrumentation CoEng4172 5 2 3 0 5
VLSI Design (elective) EEng5081 5 2 0 3 5
EM Waves and Guide Structures EEng4122 5 2 3 3 2
Introduction Data Communication EEng4132 5 2 2 1 5
Digital Communication Systems EEng4112 5 2 3 3 2
Artificial Intelligence CoEng4104 5 2 0 3 5
Research Methods and Presentation EEng4202 3 2 0 0 4
Data Structures and Algorithm (elective) CoEng4102 5 2 1 2 5
33 14 12 15

YEAR/S E M E S T E R

IV/III
Description Code Total Lec Tut Lab Hs
Internship EEng4193 6CP 0 0 6 6

41
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

YEAR/S E M E S T E R
V/1
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab HS
Optical Fiber Communication EEng5111 5 2 3 3 2
Microprocessors and Interfacing CoEng5171 5 2 1 2 5
Microwave Devices and Systems EEng5125 5 2 3 3 2`
Antennas and Radio Wave Propagation EEng5123 5 2 3 3 2
Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Machine EEng5093 5 3 0 3 4
Learning
Telecommunication Networks EEng5133 5 3 3 0 4
Semester Project EEng5201 4 0 0 5 3
34 14 13 19 22

V/2
Total
Description Code CP Lec. Tut. Lab. HS
Advanced Data and Telecom Networks EEng5134 5 2 0 3 5
Wireless and Mobile Communication EEng5242 5 2 3 3 2
Industrial Management and Engineering EEng5024 5 2 3 0 5
Economy
Electrical Installation EEng4142 5 2 3 0 5
B.Sc. Project EEng5202 12 0 0 18 6
32 8 9 24 23

Total Credit Points 324

42
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

15. List of Modules and Course Description

The Electrical Engineering undergraduate program comprises courses from electrical
engineering, computer science, mathematics, social science, and other engineering
disciplines. The courses are categorized into 20 modules. This section presents detailed
information about the modules and their distributions.

15.1. Humanity and Social Science Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [01]
Rationale and The objective of this module is to offer higher-level English language
objective of the studies, equip students with efficient reasoning and to give effective report
module writing, and help students develop democratic and ethical behaviors.
Besides self-knowledge and self-understanding, it helps students to know
the history, anthropology and geography of their own country and the
horn.
Total CP of the
48 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EnLa1011 Communicative English Skills I 5
EnLa1012 Communicative English Skills II 5
IRGI 2011 Introduction to International Relations and Global Issues 4
MCiE1012 Ethics, Morale and Civic Education 4
LoCT1011 Logic and Critical Thinking 4
PsyL 1011 General Psychology and Life Skills 5
SpSc1011 Physical Fitness 2
Incl2011 Inclusive Education 4
Anth 1012 Ethiopian Anthropology 5
HiEH-1012 History of Ethiopia and the Horn 5
GeEs-1013 Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number LoCT1011

43
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Title Critical Thinking

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Humanity and Social Science
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
At the completion of the course, the student will have developed
an understanding of the role logic plays in the reasoning process.
Specifically, the students are expected to achieve:
• The ability to recognize and analyze arguments in
everyday language, to detect hidden or implicit
premises, and to extract the logical form of an
argument;
Course Objectives • The ability to show the deductive validity or invalidity
of an argument, to recognize and criticize the flaws of
a weak argument, and to develop counterarguments;
• The ability to evaluate the strength of evidential
support for scientific hypotheses, especially causal
hypotheses, in relatively simple cases; and
• The ability to present arguments cogently in speech
and in writing
Chapter One: Logic and Philosophy (8 Hrs: Week 1 & 2)
1.1 Introduction.
1.2 Meaning and Definition of philosophy
1.3 Core Branches of Philosophy.
1.4 Importance of Learning Logic and Philosophy
Course Description/Course Chapter Two: Basic Concepts of Logic (12 Hrs: Week 3, 4 & 5)
Contents
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Basic Concepts of Logic
2.3 Techniques of recognizing arguments.
2.4 Types of Arguments
2.4.1 Deductive Arguments

44
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2.4.2 Inductive Arguments

2.5 Evaluation of Arguments
2.5.1 Evaluating Deductive Argument
2.5.2 Evaluating Inductive Arguments
Chapter Three: Logic and Language (8 Hrs: Week 6 & 7)
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Logic and Meaning
3.2.1 Cognitive and Emotive Meaning of Words
3.2.2 Intensional and Extensional Meaning of Terms
3.3 Logic and Definition
3.3.1 Types and Purposes of Definition
3.3.2 Techniques of Definition
3.3.2.1 Extensional Techniques of Definition
3.3.2.2 Intensional Techniques of Definition
3.4 Criteria for Lexical Definitions
Chapter Four: Basic Concepts of Critical Thinking (8 Hrs: Week
8& 9)
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Meaning and Definition of Critical Thinking.
4.3. Principles of Critical Thinking.
4.4. Criterion/Standard of Argument Good Argument.
4.5. Factors Affecting Critical Thinking.
4.5. Relevance of Critical Thinking.
Chapter Five: Logical Reasoning and Fallacies (16 Hrs: Week
10, 11, 12, & 13)
5.1 Induction
5.2 Types of Fallacies: Formal and Informal
5.3 Categories of Informal Fallacies
5.3.1 Fallacies of Relevance
5.3.2 Fallacies of Weak Induction
5.3.3 Fallacies of Presumption

45
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5.3.4 Fallacies of Ambiguity

5.3.5 Fallacies of Grammatical Analogy
Chapter Six: Categorical Propositions (8 Hrs: Week 14 & 15)
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Categorical Propositions
6.2.1 The Components of Categorical Propositions
6.2.2 Attributes of Categorical Propositions: Quality, Quantity,
and Distribution
6.2.3 Representing Categorical Propositions
6.2.3.1 Venn Diagrams
6.2.3.2 Boolean and Aristotelian Square of Oppositions
6.2.4 Evaluating Immediate Inferences: Venn Diagrams and
Square of Oppositions
6.2.5 Logical Operations: Conversion, Obversion, and
Contraposition
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Semi-Lecture, Class Discussion, Group Discussion, Pair
Methods Discussion, Peer-Learning, Video/Audio Visual, and Self-
Reading, Debate
Test. ...................................................................... 5%
Mid Exam ............................................................. 20%
Assessment/Evaluation Assignment ........................................................... 15%
Final Exam. ........................................................... 50%

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Textbook
Hurley, Patrick J. (2014) A Concise Introduction to Logic, 12th
Edition, Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.
Literature Hurley, Patrick J. (2012) A Concise Introduction to Logic, 11th
Edition, Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.
Reference Books
Copi, Irving M.and Carl Cohen, (1990) Introduction to Logic,

46
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.

Damer, Edward. (2005). Attacking faulty reasoning. A practical
guide to fallacy free argument.Wadsworth Cengage learning,
USA.
Fogelin, Robert, J, (1987) Understanding Arguments: An
Introduction to Informal Logic, New York: Harcourt Brace
Jvanovich Publisher.
Guttenplan, Samuel: (1991) The Language of Logic. Oxford:
Blackwell Publishers Stephen, C.(200) The Power of Logic.
London and Toronto: Mayfield Publishing company.
Simico, N.D and G.G James. (1983) Elementary Logic,
Belmont, Ca: Wadsworth Publishing Company.
Walelign, Emuru, (2009) Freshman Logic, Addis Ababa.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number FLEn1011

Course Title Communicative English Language Skills I
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Humanity and Social Science
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
∙ Express themselves in social and academic events in English--
Use English intelligibly with reasonable level of curacy and
fluency
Course Objectives ∙ Listen and comprehend to talks related to social and academic
events given in English
∙ Read and understand texts written in English –texts on
academic and social matters
∙ Write in English as academically and socially desirable.

47
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

∙ Learn and develop their English on their own—learning to

learn: the language and the skills
Communicative English Skills I is a course designed to enable
studentsto communicate in English intelligibly with acceptable
accuracy,
fluency and ability to use English appropriatelyin different
contexts. The course exposes students to English language
learning
activities designed to help students use English for their academic

Course Description/Course and social needs. Students would be engaged in language learning
Contents development activities through doing and reflection on action.
This includes grammar and vocabulary as used in communicative
events and all skills and their sub-kills: speaking, listening,
reading and writing. The language and skills are integrated where
one
becomes a resource to the other. There are six units covering
topics related to the life world of students as well as of societal
relevance.
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Short lectures: Pair and group work, Discussions, Presentations,
Methods Independent learning (e.g. independent reading)
Active Participation =5%
Individual Assignment (portfolio)= 10%
Group Assignment = 15%
Assessment/Evaluation
Written test = 10%
Oral presentation = 10%
Final Examination = 50%
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial

48
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

References
Alfassi, M. 2004. Reading to learn: Effects of combined strategy
instruction on high schoolstudents. Journal of Educational
Research, 97(4):171-184.
Anderson, N. 1999. Exploring second language reading: Issues
and strategies. Toronto:Heinle&Heinle Publisher.
Bade, M. 2008. Grammar and good language learners.In C.
Griffiths (Eds.). Lessons from good language learners (pp. 174-
184). Cambridge University Press.
https//doi.org/10.107/CBO9780511497667.016
Bouchard, M. 2005. Reading comprehension strategies for
English language learners: 30research-based reading strategies
that help
students read, understand and really learncontent from their
textbooks and other nonfiction materials. New York: Scholastic.
Literature Cameron, L. 2001. Teaching languages to young learners.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Chamot, A.U. 1987. The learning strategies of ESL students. In
A. Wenden & J. Rubin (Eds.). Learner strategies in language
learning (PP 71-85).
Prentice-Hall: Hemel Hempstead.
Gairns, R. & Redman, S. 1986. Working with words: A guide to
teaching and learning vocabulary. Cambridge University Press.
Department of Foreign Language and Literature. 1996. College
English (Volume I and Volume II). Addis Ababa University
Press.
McNamara, D.S. (Ed.). 2007. Reading comprehension strategies:
Theories, interventions, andtechnologies. New York: Erlbaum.
Tilfarlioğlu, Y. 2005. An Analysis of the relationshipbetweenthe
use of grammar learning strategiesandstudent achievement at
English

49
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

preparatory classes.Journal of Language and Linguistic Studies

1: 155-169.
Murphy R. (?). Essentials of English grammar in use: A self-
study reference and practice book for intermediate students of
English (2nd Ed.).Cambridge University Press.
Murphy R. 2004. English grammar in use: A self-study reference
and practice book for intermediate students of English (3rd Ed.).
Cambridge University Press.
Zhang, L. J. 2008.Constructivist pedagogy in strategic reading
instruction:Exploring pathways tolearnerdevelopment in the
English as a second language (ESL) classroom. Instructional
Science, 36(2): 89-116.https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-007-
9025-6.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number FLEn1012

Course Title Communicative English Language Skills II
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Humanity and Social Science
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
•
Course Objectives

Course Description/Course
Contents

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

50
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial

Literature

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number IRGI2011

Course Title Introduction to International Relations and Global Issues
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Humanity and Social Science
CP 4 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 2 4
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
∙ Understand nations, nationalism and states
∙ Explain the nature and historical development of international
relations
∙ Gain basic knowledge of the major theories in the discipline of
International Relations and develop the ability to critically
evaluate and apply such theories
Course Objectives ∙ Elucidate national interest, foreign policy and diplomacy
∙ Explicate the nature and elements of international political
economy and
international law
∙ Examine the extent and degree of influence of state and non-
state actors in the international system
∙ Examine the roles major international and regional institutions
play in world politics

51
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

∙ Critically evaluate the major contemporary global issues

∙ Assess the overriding foreign policy guidelines of Ethiopia in
the past and present
∙ Explore Ethiopia’s role in regional, continental and global
institutions and affairs

Chapter One: Understanding International Relations

1.1 Conceptualizing Nations, Nationalism and States
1.2 The Nature and Evolution of International Relations
1.3 Actors of International Relations
- State Actors
- Non-State Actors
1.4 Levels of Analysis in the International Relations
1.5 Power, Anarchy and Sovereignty in the International System
1.6 The Structure of International System
Chapter Two: Contending Theories of International Relations
2.1 Realism and Neo-Realism
2.2 Liberalism and Neo-Liberalism
Course Description/Course 2.3 Marxism and Neo-Marxism
Contents
2.4 Critical Theory
2.5. Constructivism
2.6. Modernism and Post-Modernism
Chapter Three: Foreign Policy and Diplomacy
3.1 Conceptualizing National Interest, Foreign Policy and
Diplomacy
3.2 National Interest and Foreign Policy
• Determinants of National Interest and Foreign Policy
• Objectives of Foreign Policy
• Foreign Policy Orientations
• Instruments of Foreign Policy
3.3 A Survey of Foreign Policy and Diplomacy of Ethiopia

52
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Foreign Policy of Ethiopia during the Reign of Emperor

Menilik II
• Foreign Policy of Ethiopia during the Reign of Emperor
Hailesillassie
• Foreign Policy of Ethiopia during the Derg Regime
• Foreign Policy of Ethiopia during the EPRDF
Chapter Four: The International Political Economy (IPE)
4.1. Meaning and Nature of IPE
• The Nexus between Politics (State) and Economics
(Market)
4.2. Theoretical Perspectives on IPE
• Classical Mercantilism and Economic Nationalism
• Classical Liberalism and Adam Smith
• Comparative Advantage and David Ricardo
• Neoliberalism and Keynesianism
• Marxism and Dependency Theory
• Hegemonic Stability Theory
• Developmental State Model
4.3. The Political Economy of North-South, South-South:
Conflict and
Cooperation
Chapter Five: International Law
5.1 Meaning, Nature and Areas of International Law
5.2 Sources and Subjects of International Law
5.3 Law Making and Enforcement process at International and
Domestic level
5.4 Formation, Recognition and Responsibility of State under
International Law
Chapter Six: Regionalism and Globalization
6.1. The Concept, Nature and Development of Regionalism and
Regional Integration

53
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• The Old and New Regionalism

6.2. Major Theories of the Regional Integrations
• Functionalism
• Neo-functionalism
• Inter- governmentalism
• Supra-nationalism
• Selected Cases of Regional Integration (EU, AU...)
6.3. Definition and Evolution of Globalization
• Aspects of Globalization
• Actors of Globalization
• Pros and Cons of Globalization
• Ethiopia in a globalized World
6.4. Regionalization versus Globalization and State
• The Convergence, Divergence and Overlapping relations
of Regionalization
• and Globalization
• The Hypocrisy of Sovereignty
Chapter Seven: Major Contemporary Global Issues
7.1 Conceptualizing Global Issues
7.2 Survey of Global Issues
Security Issues
• Terrorism, Religious Fundamentalism and political
Extremism
• Weapons of Mass Destruction and The Nuclear Power
paradox
• Illicit Human Trafficking, Drug Trafficking, Firearms
Trafficking
• Environmental Issues
• Climate Change and Global warming
• Technology Related Issues
• Cyber Crime and Cyber Security

54
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Other Social, Economic and Political Issues

• Human Rights
• Migration and Refugee
• Trade War
• Aid, Debt Relief
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial

Literature

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number CESt1012

Course Title Morale and Civic Education
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module ..
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Upon a successful completion of this course, students will be
able to:
• Understand the subject matter of Civics and Ethics;
• Cultivate certain moral values and civic virtues that
Course Objectives
enable them to be morally matured and competent in
their professional and citizenry lives by practically
exposing them to moral and civic debates/discussions
and engagements.

55
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Develop such values/ virtues as recognition,

appreciation and tolerance towards diversity and also
build culture of peace
• Gain knowledge about the theoretical discourses and
practices of state, government and citizenship, and
their mutual interplay especially in the context of
Ethiopia;
• Develop individual and/or collective potential of
becoming self-confident citizens who can effectively
participate in their legal-political, socio-economic and
cultural lives;
• Understand the essences of such values and principles
as democracy and human rights, multiculturalism and
constitution and constitutionalism with especial
reference to Ethiopia;
• Develop analytical and reflective skill of identifying
global or national level development,
democracy/governance and peace related issues of
civics and ethics and then be able to produce or
evaluate policies and practices in a civically and
ethically responsible manner.
Chapter One: Understanding Civics and Ethics
1.1 Defining Civics, Ethics, Morality and amorality
1.2 The Origin and Development of Civics and ethical education
1.3 The purpose of civics and ethical education

Course Description/Course 1.4 Citizen: Rights and responsibilities

Contents 1.5 Competences of good citizen
Chapter Two: Approaches to Ethics
2.1 Normative ethics
2.1.1 Teleological Ethics (Consequentialist)
• Hedonism

56
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Ethical and psychological Egoism: Epicureanism and

Cyrenaicism
• Social Hedonism: Utilitarianism
2.1.2 Deontological Ethics (Non- Consequentialist)
• Performance of One’s own Duty
• Devine-based Morality
• Kant’s Categorical Imperative
• W.D. Ross’s Prima Facie duty
2.1.3 Virtue Ethics and Civic Virtues
• Basic Principles of Civic Virtues
• How to be virtuous person?
2.2 Non-Normative Ethics
• Meta Ethics
• Absolutism/Objectivism
• Relativism/Subjectivism and Conventionalism
• Naturalism and Non-naturalism
2.3 Issues in Applied Ethics
2.3.1 Development Ethics
• How should a society Develop?
• Who is morally responsible for Underdevelopment?
A ‘Just’ Development
2.3.2 Environmental Ethics
• Ecosystem and the environmental pollutions
• Principles of Environmental Ethics
2.3.3 Professional Ethics
• Profession and Professionalism
• The scope of Professional Ethics
• Common Principles of Professional Ethics
Chapter Three: Ethical Decision Making and Moral Judgments
3.1 Ethical Principles and Values of Moral Judgments
• The principle of equal consideration of interest

57
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Conflicting goals and ethical Justifications

• Ethical values and Justifiable exceptions
3.2 Why Should I act ethically?
Chapter Four: State, Government and Citizenship
4.1 Understanding State
• What is a state?
• Attributes of State
• State Structures
4.2 Understanding Government
• Major Function and Purpose of Government
• Types of Government: Limited and Unlimited
• Systems of Government
4.3 Understanding Citizenship
• What is Citizenship
• Inclusion and exclusion in Citizenship
• Ways of Acquiring Citizenship
• Ways of Losing Citizenship
• Citizenship in Ethiopian Context: Past and Present
4.4 State Formation and Nation-building in Ethiopian Context
Chapter Five: Constitution, Democracy and Human Rights
5.1 Constitution and Constitutionalism
• Peculiar features of Constitution
• Major Purpose and Functions of Constitution
• Classification of Constitutions
• The Constitutional Experience of Ethiopia: pre and
post 1931
5.2 Democracy and Democratization
• Definitions and Forms of Democracy
• Views on Democracy: Substantive and Procedural
Views
• Fundamental Values and Principles of Democracy

58
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Democratization and Its Waves

• Major actors in Democratization Process
• Democracy and Good Governance in Ethiopia
5.3 Human Rights
• Definitions and Nature of Human Rights
• Basic Characteristics of Human Rights
• Dimensions of Human Rights
• The Protection and Promotion of Human Rights
• Human Rights Instruments: Documents
• Oversight Mechanisms: Institutions
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods
Quiz (5%)
Tests (15%)
Assignments (15%)
Assessment/Evaluation
Mid-Exam (25%)
Final Examination (40%)
Total: 100%
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Alexander, Larry (eds.).(1998). Constitutionalism: Philosophical
Foundations. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
AssefaFisseha. (2006). Federalism and Accommodation of
Literature Ethnic Diversity in Ethiopia: Comparative
Study. Utrecht: Wolf Legal Publishers.
Charles F. Kettering Foundation. & Harwood Group.1991.
Citizens and politics: a view from Main Street
America. Dayton, Ohio: The Foundation.

59
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

David S. Oderberg and Timothy Chapel. (2004). Human values ,

new essays on ethics and natural law palgravemacmillan, Great
Britain.
Fasil Nahum. 1997. Constitution for a Nation of Nations: The
Ethiopian Prospect. Lawrenceville,NJ:Red Sea Publishers.
FDRE. (1995). The Constitution of the Federal Democratic of
Ethiopia. Federal NegarritGazeta: Addis Abeba
Francis Snare (1992). The Nature of Moral Thinking. Rutledge,
U.S.A and Canada Frechette,S. (1981). Environmental Ethics.
U.S.A.: The Boxwood Press.
Goodin, Robert E. 2005. Reflective Democracy. Oxford
University Press: New York.
James Paul and Clapham .1972. Ethiopian Constitutional
Development: A source book. Haile Selassie I university: Addis
Ababa.
Jeavons, T. (1991). Learning for the common good: liberal
education, civic education, and teaching about philanthropy.
Washington, DC: Association of American Colleges.
John M.Rist Real Ethics. (2004).Reconsidering the Foundations
of MoralityCambridge university press U.K and U.S.A
Macedo, S. (2000). Diversity and distrust: civic education in a
multicultural democracy. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University
Press.
Melzer, A. M., Weinberger, J., &Zinman, M. R. (1998).
Multiculturalism and American Democracy.
Lawrence, Kansas: University Press of Kansas.
Munitz, Milton K., (ed.) (1961). A Modern Introduction to
Ethics, The Free Press of Clencoe Navia, Luis E. and Kelly,
Eugene. (1980). Ethics and the Search for Values, Prometheus
Books.

60
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Niemi, R. G., &Junn, J. (1998). Civic education: what makes

students learn. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Norman, Richard. (1985). The Moral Photospheres: An
introduction to Ethics, Oxford, Clarendon Press.
Nzongola, Ntalajia and Margaret C. 1998. The State and
Democracy in Africa. Asmara: Africa World Press.
Oppenheim, A. N. (1977). Civic education and participation in
democracy : the German case.London ;
Beverly Hills: Sage.
Penrose, W. O. (1952). Freedom is ourselves: Legal rights and
duties of the citizen as a basis for civic education. Newark:
University of Delaware Press.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number PsyL 1011

Course Title General Psychology and Life Skills
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Humanity and Social Science
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Up on the completion of this course, students will be able to:
- Describe basic psychological concepts.
- Compare and contrast the major theoretical perspectives
in psychology.
- Discuss different aspects of human development
Course Objectives
- Compare and contrast different learning theories
- Summarize motivational and emotional processes
- Demonstrate social and interpersonal skills in everyday
life.
- Set an adaptive goal and plan for future.

61
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

- Apply knowledge of psychology to one’s own life & to

develop life skills.
- Explain ways how self-confidence, self-esteem, self-
efficacy, assertiveness, responsible behaviors,
interpersonal skills will be strengthened.
- Apply different stress coping mechanisms.
Chapter One: Essence of Psychology
1.1. Definition of Basic Concepts
1.2. Goals of Psychology
1.3. Historical Background of Psychology
1.4. Theoretical Perspectives in Psychology
1.5. Branches of Psychology
1.6. Research Methods in Psychology
1.7. Applications of Psychology
Chapter Two: Human Development
2.1. Definition and Concepts of Human Development
2.2. Facts and Principles of Human Development
2.3. Aspects of Human Development
Course Description/Course 2.4. Theories of Human Development
Contents
2.4.1. Cognitive Theories
2.4.2. Psychosexual Theory
2.4.3. Psychosocial Theory
2.4.4. Moral Development Theory
2.5. Personality Development
2.5.1. Meaning of Personality
2.5.2. Trait theories of Personality
2.5.3. Humanistic theories of Personality
Chapter Three: Learning and Theories of Learning
3.1 Definition, Principles and Characteristics of Learning
3.2 Factors Influencing Learning
3.3 Theories of Learning and their Applications

62
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3.3.1. Behavioral Theory of Learning

3.3.2. Social Learning Theory
3.3.3. Cognitive Learning Theory
Chapter Four: Memory and Forgetting
4.1. Memory
4.1.1. Meaning and Process Of Memory
4.1.2. Stages of Memory
4.1.3. Factors Affecting Memory
4.2. Forgetting
4.2.1. Meaning and Concepts of Forgetting
4.2.2.Theories of Forgetting
4.3. Improving Memory
Chapter Five: Motivation and Emotion
5.1. Motivation
5.1.1. Definition and Types of Motivation
5.1.2. Theories of Motivation and their Applications
5.1.3. Conflict of Motives and Frustration
5.2. Emotion
5.2.1. Definition of Emotion
5.2.2. Components of Emotion
5.2.3. Theories of Emotion and their Applications
Chapter Six: Psychological Disorders and Treatment
Techniques
6.1. Nature of Psychological Disorders
6.2. Causes of Psychological Disorders
6.3. Types of Psychological Disorders
6.4. Treatment Techniques
Chapter Seven: Introduction to Life Skills
7.1. Nature and Definition of Life skills
7.2. Goals of Life Skills
7.3. Components of Life Skills

63
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Chapter Eight: Intra-personal and Personal Skills

8.1. Self-Concept and Self-Awareness
8.2. Self-Esteem and Self-Confidence
8.3. Self-Control
8.4. Emotional Intelligence and Managing Emotion
8.6. Resilience and Coping with Stress
8.7. Anger Management
8.8. Critical and Creative Thinking
8.9. Problem Solving and Decision Making
Chapter Nine: Academic Skills
9.1. Time Management
9.2. Note-taking and Study Skills
9.3. Test-Taking Skill
9.4. Test Anxiety and Overcoming Test Anxiety
9.5. Goal Setting
9.6. Career Development Skill
Chapter Ten: Social Skills
10.1. Understanding Intercultural Diversity and Diversity
Management
10.2. Gender and Social Inclusion
10.3. Interpersonal Communication Skills
10.4. Social Influences and Peer Pressure
10.5. Assertiveness
10.6. Conflict and Conflict Resolution
10.6. Team Work
10.7. Overcoming Risky Behavior

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

64
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Continuous Assessment 50 %
- Test: 20 %
- Group assignment- 10 %
Assessment/Evaluation
- Individual assignment- 10 %
- GroupPresentation-10 %
2. Final exam 50%
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
References
Coon, D. & Mitterer, J.O. (2008). Introduction to psychology:
Gateways to mind and behavior (12th ed). New York, NY:
McGraw Hill.
Feldman, R.S. (2018). Essentials of understanding psychology
(13th ed). New York, NY: McGraw Hill.
Gray, P. & Bjorklund, D.F. (2017). Psychology (7th ed). New
York, NY: Worth Publishers.
Kalat, J.W. (2013). Introduction to psychology (13th ed). New
York, NY: McGraw Hill.
Lahey, B.B. (2008). Psychology: An introduction (10th ed). New
York, NY: McGrawHill.
Literature
Lilienfeld, S.O., Lynn, S.J., Namy, L.L. & Woolf, N.J. (2017).
Psychology: From Inquiry to nunderstanding (3rd ed). Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education.
Meyers, D.G. & DeWall, C.N. (2016). Exploring psychology in
modules (10th ed). New York, NY: Worth publishers.
Weiten, W. (2014). Psychology: Themes and variations (briefer
version, 9th ed). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing.
Burnard, P. (1989). Teaching interpersonal skills: A handbook of
experiential learning for health professionals. London, UK:
Chapman and Hall.
Cotnell, S. (2013). The study skills handbook. New York, NY:
Palgrave MacMillan.

65
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Haddon, P.F. (1990). Mastering personal and interpersonal

skills: Key techniques and personal success. London, UK:
Thorogood Ltd.
Hays, J. (2002). Interpersonal skills at work (2nd ed). New York,
NY: Routledge.
Pavord, E. & Donnely, E. (2015). Communication and
interpersonal skills (2nd ed). Banbury,
UK: Lantern publishing.Peace Corps (2001). Life skills manual.
Washington, DC: Author.
Skills You need (2018). Personal development. Author.
State University of New York (nd). The study skills handbook.
Albany, GA: Author.
Sultmann, B. & Burtpn, T. (2003). People skills: Guiding to
effective interpersonal behavior.
Bowen Hills, Australis: Australian Academic Press.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number SpSc1011

Course Title Physical Fitness
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module ..
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
By the end of this course the students will be able to:
1. Recognize the immediate and long term responses of the body
to
Course Objectives various types of exercise.
2. Understands the basic concepts of physical fitness and
conditioning
exercises.

66
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. Understand the concept of hypokinetic disease and conditions.

4. Distinguish the general principles of fitness training
5. Develop conditioning programs to enhance the components of
health
related physical finesses.
6. Participate in conditioning programs which may help to
develop the
components of health related physical finesses.
7. Understand health issues in relation to excess body fatness
and
excessively low body fat.
8. Develop skills to assess health related physical fitness
components.
9. Develop healthy body weight management skill.
10. Appreciate and value the benefits of regular physical
exercise to
healthy living.
11. Develop interest to engage in a regular physical exercise
program as a
life time activity.
12. Develop self-confidence and effective communication skills
in and out of the school environment.
Chapter 1- Concepts of physical fitness and conditioning
1.1. Meanings and definitions of terms
1.1.1. physical fitness
1.1.2. physical conditioning
Course Description/Course 1.1.3. Physical Activity,
Contents
1.1.4. Physical exercise and
1.1.5. Sport
1.2. General principles of fitness training
Chapter 2- The Health Benefits of Physical Activity

67
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2.1. Physical Activity and Hypokinetic Diseases/Conditions

2.2. Physical Activity and Cardiovascular Diseases
2.3. physical activity and postural deformity
Chapter 3 - Making Well-Informed Food Choices
3.1. Sound Eating Practices
3.2. Nutrition and Physical Performance
Chapter 4- Health related components of fitness
4.1. Cardiovascular fitness
4.1.1. Meaning and concepts of cardiovascular fitness
4.1.2.Means and methods of developing cardiovascular
fitness
4.2. Muscle fitness
4.2.1. Meaning and concepts of muscle fitness
4.1.2.Means and methods of developing muscle fitness
4.3. Flexibility
4.3.1. Meaning and types of flexibility
4.1.2. Means and methods of developing flexibility
4.4 Body composition
4.4.1. Meaning of body composition
4.4.2. Health risks associated with over fatness
4.4.3.Health risks associated with excessively low
body fatness
Chapter 5- Assessment of fitness components
5.1. Assessment of cardiovascular fitness
5.2. Assessment of muscle fitness
5.3. Assessment of flexibility
5.4. Assessment of body composition
Chapter 6- Development and Assessment of the health
related components of fitness

Pre-requisites None

68
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Semester Year 1, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods
Test (Written) Week 3 10% Chapter 1
Group assignment (peer fitness
assessment) Week 8 20% Chapter 5
Assessment/Evaluation Mid - term exam (Written) Week 9 30% Chapter 1,2,3,& 4
Final exam - practical group
assignment (peer training on the
five components of fitness) Week 14 - 16 40% Chapter 6
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Charles B. Corbin, Gregory J.Weik, William R. Corbin and
Karen A. Welk. (2006). Concepts of fitness and wellness: a
comprehensive lifestyle approach. 6th edt.
1. Schott k. Powers, Stepheen L. Dod and Virginia J. (2006),
Total
Literature Fitness and Wellness.
2. Paul M, and Walton T. (2006), Core Concepts in Health, 10th
edit.
3. Charles B. Corbin and Ruth Lindsey (1990), Fitness for life,
3rd
Edition, Scott.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Incl2011

Course Title Inclusion in Education and Development
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Humanity and social science
CP 4 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study

69
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2 0 2 4
The University students of all fields in Ethiopia will be able to:
1. Aware the needs of people with special needs, their potential
and include all aspects of
developmental needs
2. Identify population with special needs, their potentials and the
learning and working
styles of all population with special needs in their environment.
3. Demonstrate desirable attitude towards all population with
special needs in their learning,
working and living environment
4. Apply various assessment strategies for evidence-based
planning to meet their needs
5. Attempt to adapt environments they are working and living in
Course Objectives
according to the need and
potential of the population with special needs
6. Develop an accommodative and inclusive attitude help to
think for the wellbeing and
development of population with special needs.
7. Identify and select appropriate support and services method
that addresses the life needs
of population with special needs individually and on group
bases.
8. Collaborate with experts and relevant others for the life
success of all persons with
disabilities in all environments.
9. Create and maintain successful inclusive environment
Unit 1. Understanding students with diverse needs/special

Course Description/Course needs

Contents Unit 2. Understanding Inclusion
Unit 3: Identification of population with special needs

70
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Unit 4. Assessment in special needs

Unit 5: Differentiated services for populations of special
Needs
Unit 6. Promoting Positive Behaviors Institution-wide
Unit 7: Resources for the Inclusive environment
Unit 8: Collaborative Partnerships with stakeholders
9. Responsibilities
10. General Course Assessment and Evaluation Methods
learning
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
1. Alemayehu Teklemariam and Temsegen Fereja (2011).
Special Need Education in Ethiopia: Practice of Special Needs
Education around the World. Washington:Gallaudet University
Press.
2. Alemayehu Teklemariam (2019). Inclusive Education in
Ethiopia: WILEY and Blackwell: Singapore
3. A Teachers Guide (2001). UNESCO. Inclusive Education and
Literature
Classroom Practice inSecondary Education (2004).
4. Berit H. Johanson and Alemayehu Teklemariam (2006).
Towards Special Needs Education as a University Discipline: An
Important step on the way to Education for All. In When All
Means All. Hakapaino Oy: Helsinki
5. Tirussew Teferra and Alemayehu Teklemariam (2007).
Including the Excluded: Integrating disability into EFA Fast

71
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Track Initiative Process and National Education Plans in

Ethiopia. World Vision
6. MOE (2007). School Improvement Program
7. MOE (2010). Special Needs Program strategies
implementation guide.
8. MOE (Ministry of Education). (2006). Special Needs
Education Program Strategy.
Addis Ababa
9. Understanding and responding to children’s need in inclusive
classroom (2010).
www.european-agency.org
10. ዓለማየሁ ትክለማርያም (2009). በመተባበር መማር፡- አንድ ለሁሉም፣
ሁሉም ለአንድ፣
አዲስ አበባ፡- ፋርኢስት አታሚ
11. ዓለማየሁ ትክለማርያም (2011). አካቶ ትምህርት ለምን፣ምን፣ለነማን
እንዴት፤ አዲስ አበባ፡- ፋርኢስት አታሚ

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Anth1012

Course Title Ethiopian Anthropology
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module ..
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Up on the successful completion of the course, students will be
able to:
Course Objectives • Develop an understanding of the nature of anthropology
and its broader scope in making sense of humanity in a
global perspective;

72
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Understand the cultural and biological diversity of

humanity and unity in diversity across the world and in
Ethiopia;
• Analyze the problems of ethnocentrism against the
backdrop of cultural relativism;
• Realize the socially constructed nature of identities &
social categories such as gender, ethnicity, race and
sexuality;
• Explore the various peoples and cultures of Ethiopia;
• Understand the social, cultural, political, religious&
economic life of different ethnolinguistic & cultural
groups of Ethiopia;
• Understand different forms marginalization and develop
skills inclusiveness;
• Appreciate the customary systems of governance and
conflict resolution institutions of the various peoples of
Ethiopia;
• Know about values, norms and cultural practices that
maintain society together;
• Recognize the culture area of peoples of Ethiopia and the
forms of interaction developed over time among
themselves; and
• Develop broader views and skills to deal with people
from a wide variety of socioeconomic and cultural
backgrounds.
Chapter One
1. Introducing Anthropology and its Subjects
Course Description/Course 1.1. What is anthropology – a Mirror for Humanity?
Contents
• Sketching the subject matter, scope and concerns of
anthropology

73
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Anthropological imagination: asking questions and

seeing the world
anthropologically.
• Q- What does it mean by using the anthropological lens
when looking at
the world?
• Defining Features of Anthropology- holism, relativism
& comparative perspectives
• Methods of Research in anthropology: ethnography &
ethnographic methods
1.2. Sub-fields of Anthropology: Four Mirrors for Understanding
Humanity
1.3. The relation between anthropology and other disciplines
Chapter Two
2. Human Culture and Ties that Connect
2.1. Conceptualizing Culture: What Culture Is and What Culture
Isn’t?
2.2. Characteristics features of culture: what differentiates
culture from other traditions?
2.3. Aspects of Culture –Material & Non-material (values,
beliefs & norms)
2.4. Levels of culture: universality, generality and particularity
(cultural diversity)
2.5. Ethnocentrism, Cultural relativism, and human rights
• Discussion- Debating cultural relativism: Human rights
law and the
demonization of culture and anthropology along the way
2.6. Cultural Change: what is cultural change?
• Cultural Diffusion versus Cultural Assimilation
• Innovation

74
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Discussion - Contesting culture as sharply bounded

versus unbounded
‘cultural flows’ or as ‘fields of discourse’ in the context of
globalization.
2.7. Ties that Connect: Marriage, Family and Kinship
• Marriage -rules, functions and forms of Marriage
• Family -types and functions of Family
• Q. How families and marriage differ in different
societies?
• Kinship System -types of kin groups and rules of descent
• Kinship and Gender Across Cultures
Sex and Gender: Mapping differences in cross cultural
perspective
Gender –as power relations
2.8. Cultural practices, norms and values that maintain society
together
Chapter Three
3. Human Diversity, Culture Areas, and Contact in Ethiopia
3.1. Human Beings & Being Human: What it is to be human? –
(a bio-cultural animal?)
3.2. Origin of the Modern Human Species: Homo sapiens
sapiens (that’s you!)
• Religious, biological & evolutionary (paleo-
anthropological) explanations
3.3. The Kinds of Humanity: human physical variation
• Q. Why isn’t everyone the same?
• Q. Why do people worldwide have differences in their
phenotypic attributes?
3.4. Human Races: the history of racial typing
• The Grand Illusion: Race, turns out, is arbitrary
• Q. What can we say for sure about human races?

75
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3.5. Why is Everyone Different? Human Cultural Diversity -

anthropological explanations
• Q. Why don’t others do things the way we/I do?
3.6. Culture areas and cultural contacts in Ethiopia
3.6.1.1. Plough culture area
3.6.1.2. Enset culture area
3.6.1.3. Pastoral societies culture area
3.6.1.4. Historical and social interactions between culture areas
Chapter Four
4. Marginalized, Minorities, and Vulnerable Groups
4.1. Gender based marginalization
4.2. Occupational cast groups
4.3. Age based vulnerability (children and old age issues)
4.4. Religious and ethnic minorities
4.5. Human right approaches and inclusive growth,
anthropological perspectives
Chapter Five
5. Theories of inter-ethnic relations and multiculturalism in
Ethiopia
5.1. The Scales of Human Identity: Who am I?- Understanding
‘self’ & ‘other’
• Q- What are the ways we tell for others who we are?
5.2. Ethnicity and Race: What’s in a name?
5.3. Ethnic Groups & Ethnic Identity
• Q. What is the basis of one’s ethnic identity?
• Q. Is ethnicity a fundamental aspect of human nature &
self-consciousness, essentially unchanging and
unchangeable identity? Or
• Q. Is it, to whatever extent, socially constructed,
strategically or tactically manipulable, and capable of
change at both the individual and collective levels?

76
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5.4. Race –the social construction of racial identity

• Q. Do the claims of some people/groups about superior
& inferior racial
groups have any scientific validity?
5.5. Primordialism; Instrumentalism; Social constructivism
5.6. Debates on inter-ethnic relations and identities
Chapter Six
6. Customary and local governance systems and peace making
6.1. Indigenous knowledge systems and local governance
6.2. Intra and inter-ethnic conflict resolution institutions
Ethnographic cases: commonalities and shared practices (e.g.,
Oromo and Somali,
Afar and Tigray; Gedeo and Oromo; Guraghe and Siltie; Amara
and Tigray)
6.3. Customary/Local governance systems
Ethnographic cases: Oromo Geda; Somali-Gurti; Gamo, Gofa,
Wolayita-Woga;
Guraghe-Sera
6.4. Legal pluralism: interrelations between customary, religious
and state legal systems

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial

77
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Asmarom Legesse (2006). Oromo Democracy: an Indigenous

African Political System.
The Red Sea Press, Inc.
2. Cameron, M. Smith and Evan T. Davies (2008). Anthropology
for Dummies. Wiley
Publishing, Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana.
3. Clifored Geertz . (1973). The Interpretation of Cultures. A
division of Harper Collins
Publishers.
4. Donald Donham . (1986). Marxist Modern. The Ethnographic
History of Marxist Ethiopia.
5. Donald N. Levine. (1974). Greater Ethiopia: The Evolution of
A Multiethnic Society.
Chicago & London., University of Chicago.
6. Dunif-Hattis and Howard C. (1992). Anthropology:
Literature Understanding Human Adaptation.
New York: Harper Collins, Inc.
7. Eriksen, T. H. (2001). Small Places, larger Issues: An
introduction to social and cultural
anthropology. London: Pluto Press.
8. Eriksen, T. H. (2004). What is anthropology? London: Pluto
Press.
9. Eriksen, T. Hylland. (2002). Ethnicity and Nationalism.
London; Pluto Press.
10. Eriksen, T.H. and Nielsen, F.S. (2001). A History of
Anthropology. London: Pluto Press.
11. Hallpike, Christopher R. (1972). The Konso of Ethiopia: A
Study of the Value of a Cushitic
People. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
12. Hamer, John. (1970). The Sidama Generational Class
Cycles: A Political Geronotocracy.

78
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Africa 40,I (Jan,1970): 50-70.

13. Haviland, WA, (1999).Cultural Anthropology (9th ed.). Fort
Worth: Harcourt and Brace
College Pub.
14. Kottak, C. P. (2004) – Anthropology: the Exploration of
Human Diversity (10th ed.).
McGraw Hill, New York.
15. Lavenda, R. and Emily S. (2015). Anthropology. What Does
It Mean to Be Human?.
(3rded.). Oxford. Oxford University Press.
16. Pankhurst. R.(2001). Historic Images of Ethiopia. Shamans
Books. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
17. Richard Jenkins. (2006). Rethinking Ethnicity. London Sage
Publication.
18. Rosman, A., Rubel, P.G. and Weisgrau, M. (2009). The
Tapestry of Culture: an
Introduction to Social Anthropology. Lanham: Rowman and
Little field.
19. Scupin and DeCorse (1988). Anthropology: A Global
Perspective (2nd ed.). New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
20. Shack, William S. (1966). The Gurage: A People of the
Enset Culture. London: Oxford
University Press.
21. Triulzi et al. (2002). Remapping Ethiopia Easer African
Studies:. Addis Ababa: AAU

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Hist. 1012

Course Title History of Ethiopia and the Horn

79
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module ..
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
The general objective of the course is to acquaint students with
historical processes in Ethiopia.
Specifically, after completing the course, students will be able
to:
• distinguish meaning, nature and uses of history
• identify pertinent sources for the history of the peoples of
Ethiopia and the Horn
Course Objectives • describe changes & continuities that unfolded in Ethiopia
and the Horn
• elucidate the causes, courses and consequences of events
happened in the region
• explain the nature of the region‟s external contacts and
their effects
• appreciate peoples‟ achievements, heritages and cultural
diversities of the region
Unit 1: Introduction
1.1. Concepts of History: Meaning, Nature and Uses
1.2. Sources & Methods of Historical Study
1.3. Origin and Development of Historiography of Ethiopia and
the Horn

Course Description/Course 1.4. Introducing and Understanding Ethiopia and the Horn
Contents Unit 2: Peoples and Cultures in Ethiopia and the Horn
2.1. Human Evolution
2.2. Neolithic Revolution
2.3. The Peopling of the Region
2.3.1. Languages and Linguistic Processes: Afro-Asiatic Super
Family (Cushitic, Semitic & Omotic

80
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Families) and Nilo-Saharan (Chari-Nile & Koman families)

2.3.2. Settlement Patterns
2.3.3. Economic Formations
2.4. Religion and Religious Processes
2.4.1. Indigenous
2.4.2. Judaism
2.4.3. Christianity
2.4.4. Islam
Unit 3: Polities, Economy & Socio-Cultural Processes in
Ethiopia & the Horn to end of 13th Century
3.1. Evolution of States
3.2. Ancient Polities
3.2.1. North and Northeast
3.2.1.1. Punt
3.2.1.2. Damat
3.2.1.3. Axum
3.2.1.4. Zagwe
3.2.2. East, Central, Southern and Western
3.2.2.1. Agaw, Bizamo, Damot, Enaraya, Gafat.
3.2.2.2. Muslim Sultanates (Shewa, Ifat, Dawaro, Fatagar, Bali,
Hadiya, Arebabani, Shirka, Dera…)
3.3. External Contacts
3.4. Economic Formations (Agriculture, Handicraft, Trade…)
3.5. Socio-cultural achievements (Architecture, Writing …)
Unit 4: Politics, Economy & Socio-Cultural Processes from
Late 13th – the beginning of 16th Century
4.1. “Restoration” of the “Solomonic‟‟ Dynasty
4.2. Power Struggle, Consolidation, Territorial and Religious
Expansion of the Christian Kingdom
4.2.1. Succession Problem and the Establishment of Royal
Prison

81
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

4.2.2. Territorial Expansion towards Agaw, Bizamo, Damot, Red

Sea, Bete-Israel/“Falasha…”
4.2.3. Evangelization and Religious Movements
4.3. Social, Economic and Political Dynamics of Muslim
Sultanates
4.3.1. Political Developments in the Muslim Sultanates and the
Rise of Adal
4.3.2. Trade and the Expansion of Islam
4.4. Rivalry between the Christian Kingdom and the Muslim
Sultanates
4.5. External Relations
Unit 5: Politics, Economy & Socio-Cultural Processes from
Early 16th–the End of the 18th Century
5.1. Interaction and Conflicts of the Christian Kingdom and the
Sultanate of Adal
5.2. Foreign Interventions and Religious Controversies
5.3. Population Movements
5.3.1. Population Movements of the Afar, Somali and Argobba
5.3.2. Gadaa System and Oromo Population Movement (1522-
1618)
5.4. Interaction and integration across ethnic and religious
diversities
5.5. Peoples and States in Eastern, Central, Southern and
Western Regions
5.5.1. Kushitic: Afar, Somali, Oromo, Sidama, Hadya, Kembata,
Konso, Gedeo, Burji…
5.5.2. Semitic: Harari Emirate, Shewa Kingdom, Gurage
Polity…
5.5.3. Omotic: Kaffa, Wolayita, Gamo Gofa, Dawro, Konta,
Yem…
5.5.4. Nilotic: Anuak, Nuer, Berta, Gumuz…

82
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5.6. The Period of Gondar (1636-1769) and “Zamana

Mesafint/Era of Princes” (1769-1855)
5.6.1. The Revival of the Christian Kingdom
5.6.2. Gondar achievements: architecture, painting, music,
literature, urbanization, trade etc.
5.6.3. Gondar Political Developments: “Close Door Policy,”
Reforms, “Byzantine Politics”…
5.6.4. Major Features of Era of Princes (1769-1855) and Yejju
Dynasty (1786-1853)
Unit 6: Internal Interactions and External Relations from
the 1800–1941
6.1. The Nature of Interactions among peoples and states of
Ethiopia and the Horn
6.1.1. Peoples and sates of Kafa, Wollaitta, Gibe, Leqa, Qabena,
Shawa...
6.1.2. The Role Trade and Trade Routes in the interaction
6.2. Power Rivalry
6.3. The Making of Modern Empire State (Territorial Expansion,
Centralization process…)
6.4. Modernization Attempts: administration, military,
innovation, education, road construction,
railway, transportation & communication, constitution…
6.5. Socio-Economic Issues/Processes: agriculture, disease &
famine, trade, slavery, manufacturing…
6.6. External Relations, Challenges and Threats
6.6.1. External Diplomatic Relations and Treaties
6. 6. 2. The Major Battles (Meqdela, Gundet, Gura, Dogali,
Mattama, Adwa, Maychew…)
6. 6. 3. Italian Occupation and the Patriotic Resistance
Unit 7: Internal Interactions and External Relations from
the 1941–1994

83
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

7.1. Post 1941 Imperial Period

7.1. 1. Political Scene: Restoration & Consolidation of Imperial
Power and External Relations
7.1. 2. Socio-economic Conditions: agriculture & tenancy,
famine, factories, education,
health, transportation, religion, welfare institutions (idir, iqub…)
7.1.3. Opposition: Conspiracies, Revolts and Downfall of the
Monarchical Regime
7.2. The Derg Regime (1974-1991)
. 7.2. 1. The Rise of Derg and the Political Momentum
7.2.2. Attempts at Reforms: Land Reform, Development through
Cooperation Campaign,
Collectivization, Agricultural Marketing Corporation,
Resettlement, Villagization, Literacy…
7.2. 2. Internal oppositions, Ethio-Somali War, International
Changes & End of the Derg
7.3. Historical Developments, 1991-1994 (transitional charter:
language & identity issues…)
Unit 8: Cross-Cutting Issues in History of Ethiopia and the
Horn
8.1. The Role of Women in Ethiopian History (economic,
political, cultural and social)
8.2. Environmental Dynamics: changes and continuities
(deforestation, drought, pollution…)
8.3. Indigenous Knowledge: education, folk medicine, conflict
resolution mechanisms (Makabanto, Shimigilinna, Yejoka,
Samugnit, Guma, Luwa, Byto, Heer, Seera… )
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

84
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Quiz = 5%
Test = 10%
Assessment/Evaluation Individual or Group Assignments and Presentations = 15%
Mid-Term Examination = 20%
Final Examination = 50%
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Abir, Mordechai. Ethiopia and the Red Sea: The Rise and
Decline of the Solomonic Dynasty and MuslimEuropean Rivalry
in the Region. Frankcass, 1980.
. Ethiopia: The Era of The Prince; The Challenge
of Islam and The Re-unification of The Christian Empire 1769-
1855. Institute of Asian & African Studies the Hebrew
University, 1968.
Alberto, Sbacchi. Ethiopia under Mussolini: Fascism and the
Colonial Experience. 1985.
Alemayehu Haile et al. History of the Oromo to the Sixteenth
Century. Finfinne: OCTB, 2006.
Andargachew Tiruneh. The Ethiopia Revolution 1974-1987:
Literature
Transformation from Aristocracy to Totalitarian Autocracy.
Cambridge University Press, 1993.
Asmarom Legesse. Gada: Three Approaches to Study of African
Society. London: Free Press.
Bahru Zewde. A History of Modern Ethiopia, 1855-1991. Addis
Ababa University Press.
. Society, State and History, Selected Essays. Addis
Ababa: AAU Pres, 2008.
Bender, M. L. and et al. Eds. The Languages of Ethiopia.
London, 1976.
Clark, J.D. The Prehistoric Cultures of the Horn of Africa.
Cambridge University Press, 1954.

85
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Crabtree J Pam &Campana V. Douglas. Archaeology and Pre-

history.
Gebru Tareke. Ethiopia Power and Protests: The Ethiopian
Peasants Revolts in the 20th Century.
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
Gadaa Melbaa. Oromia. Minneapolis, 1999.
Haberland, Eike. “Notes on the History of Southern Ethiopian
Peoples.” Paris, 1975.
Marcus, Harold G. A History of Ethiopia. University of
California Press: Berkeley, 1992.
Mohammed Hassen. The Oromo of Ethiopia 1570-1860.
Cambridge, 1990.
Pankhrust, Richard. 1997. The Ethiopian Borderlands: Essays in
Regional History from Ancient Times to the end of the 18th
Century. Red Sea Press.
Rubenson, Sven. Survival of Ethiopian Independence. 1972.
Sergew Hable Selassie. Ancient and Medival Ethiopian History
to 1270. Addis Ababa, 1972.
Shiferaw Bekele. Economic History of Modern Ethiopia:
Imperial Era 1941-1974. Vol. I. Dakar, 1995.
Taddesse Tamrat. Church and State in Ethiopia, 1270-1527.
Oxford, 1972.
Teshale Tibebu. The Making of Modern Ethiopia, 1855- 1974.
The Red Sea Press, 1995.
Trimingham, J.Spencer. Islam in Ethiopia. London: Frankcass
and Company LTD, 1965.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number GeES 1013

Course Title Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn

86
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Humanity and Social Science.
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Upon completion of this course the students will be able to:
• Describe the location, shape and size of Ethiopia and the
Horn
• Explain the implications of location, shape and size of
Ethiopia and the Horn on the physical environment,
socioeconomic and political aspects.
• Elaborate the major geological events; the resultant
landforms and mineral resources of Ethiopia and the
Horn.
• Identify the major drainage systems and water resources
of Ethiopia and their implications for regional
development and integration.
• Develop an understanding of the climate of Ethiopia, its
Course Objectives
dynamics and implications on the livelihoods of its
inhabitants.
• Examine the spatio-temporal distribution and abundance
of natural vegetation, wildlife and Soil resources of
Ethiopia.
• Discuss the demographic attributes and dynamics as well
as the ethnic diversity of Ethiopia.
• Read maps as well as compute basic demographic and
climatic rates
• Appreciate the biophysical and socio-cultural diversities
in Ethiopia and the Horn
• Explicate the major types of economic activities in
Ethiopia; discern their spatiotemporal distributions and

87
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

their contributions to the overall development of the

country.
• Comprehend the effects of globalization on the
socioeconomic development of Ethiopian and the Horn.
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION (5 hrs)
1.1. Geography: Definition, scope, themes and approaches
1.2. Location, Shape and Size of Ethiopia and the Horn
1.2.1. Location and its effects
1.2.2. The shape of Ethiopia and its implication
1.2.3. The size of Ethiopia and its implications
1.3. Basic Skills of Map Reading
CHAPTER TWO: THE GEOLOGY OF ETHIOPIA AND
THE HORN
(5hrs)
2.1. Introduction
2.2. The Geologic Processes: Endogenic and Exogenic Forces
2.3. The Geological Time scale and Age Dating Techniques
Course Description/Course 2.4. Geological Processes and the Resulting Landforms
Contents
2.4.1.The Precambrian Era geologic processes and resultant
features
2.4.2. The Paleozoic Era geologic processes and resultant
features
2.4.3. The Mesozoic Era geologic processes and resultant
features
2.4.4.The Cenozoic Era geologic processes and resultant features
2.5. Rock and Mineral Resources of Ethiopia
CHAPTER THREE: THE TOPOGRAPHY OF ETHIOPIA
AND THE HORN (3hrs)
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Physiographic Divisions
3.2.1The Western Highlands and Lowlands

88
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3.2.2The Southeastern Highlands and Lowlands

3.2.3The Rift Valley
3.3. The Impacts of Relief on Biophysical and Socioeconomic
Conditions
CHAPTER FOUR: DRAINAGE SYSTEMS AND WATER
RESOURCES
OF ETHIOPIA AND THE HORN (5hrs)
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Major Drainage Systems of Ethiopia
4.3. Water Resources: Rivers, Lakes, and Subsurface Water
4.4. General Characteristics of Ethiopian Rivers
4.5. Water Resources Potentials and Development in Ethiopia
CHAPTER FIVE: THE CLIMATE OF ETHIOPIA AND
THE HORN
(7hrs)
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Elements and Controls of Weather and Climate
5.3. Spatiotemporal Patterns and Distribution of Temperature
and
Rainfall in Ethiopia
5.4. Agro-ecological Zones of Ethiopia
5.5. Climate and its Implications on Biophysical and
Socioeconomic Aspects
5.6. Climate Change/Global Warming: Causes, Consequences
and
Response Mechanisms
CHAPTER SIX: SOILS, NATURAL VEGETATION AND
WILDLIFERESOURCES OF ETHIOPIA AND THE
HORN (6hrs)
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Ethiopian Soils: Types, Degradation and Conservation

89
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

6.3. Types and Distribution of Natural Vegetations in Ethiopia

6.4. Natural vegetation: Uses, Degradation and Conservation
Strategies
6.5. Wildlife Resources of Ethiopia: Types, Importance, and
Conservation Strategies
CHAPTER SEVEN: POPULATION OF ETHIOPIA AND
THE HORN
(8hrs)
7.1. Introduction
7.2. Population Data: Uses and Sources
7.3. Population Dynamics: Fertility, Mortality and Migration
7.4. Population Distribution and Composition
7.5. Sociocultural Aspects of Ethiopian Population: Education,
Health
and Languages
7.6. Settlement Types and Patterns
CHAPTER EIGHT: ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES IN
ETHIOPIA (9hrs)
8.1. Introduction
8.2. Mining, Fishing and Forestry
8.3. Agriculture in Ethiopian
8.3.1. Contributions, potentials and characteristics of agriculture
in
Ethiopia
8.3.2. Agricultural systems in Ethiopia
8.3.3. Major problems of Ethiopian agriculture
8.4. Manufacturing in Ethiopia
8.4.1. Manufacturing: essence and contributions
8.4.2. Types, characteristics and distribution of manufacturing
8.4.3. Industrial development in Ethiopia: Challenges and
Prospects

90
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

8.5. The Service Sector in Ethiopia

8.5.1. Transportation and communication in Ethiopia: types,
roles
and characteristics
8.5.2. Trade in Ethiopia: types, contributions and characteristics
8.5.3. Tourism in Ethiopia: Types, major tourist attraction sites,
challenges and prospects
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Gap Lecture, Peer/ group Discussion and Reflection, Reading
Methods Assignment
Paper & presentation (20 %); Mid exam (30 %); Final
Assessment/Evaluation
examination (50 %)
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
A.D. Tathe.(2012). Lecture Notes on Climatology: For
Intermediate Met
Training Course, Indian Meteorological Department.
Addis Ababa University (2001). Introductory Geography of
Ethiopia,
Teaching Text, Department of Geography.
Assefa M., Melese W., Shimelis G.(2014). Nile River Basin;
Ecohydrological
Challenges, Climate Change and Hydropolitics. Springer
Literature
International
Publishing, Switzerland.
B. D, Ray (1989). Economics for Agriculture: Food, Farming
and the Rural
Economy. Macmillan.
CSA 1994 & 2007. Population and Housing Census Results.
CSA: A.A.
Diao, Xinshen,. 2007. The Role of Agriculture in Economic
Development:

91
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Implications for Sub Saharan Africa. Sustainable Solutions for

ending
Hunger and Poverty, Research Report 153. IFPRI.Ethiopia.
Engdawork Assefa(2015). Characterization and classification of
major
agricultural soils in CASCEP intervention weredas in the central
highlands of Oromia Region, Ethiopia, Addis Ababa University
FDRE.2001 Ministry of Water Resources, National Metrological
Survey, A.A.
Girma Kebede(2017). Society and Environment in Ethiopia
Hartshorne, T. & J. Alexander (1988). Economic Geography,
3rd Ed.
Hooguelt, A (2001). Globalization and the post-colonial world.
The New
political Economy of Development. Basingstoke plagrave.
Hurni. H. 1988. Ecological Issues in the Creation of Ethiopia.
Paper presented in the National Conference on Disaster
prevention and preparedness Strategy for Ethiopia, A.A
International Centre for Migration Policy Development
(ICMPD) (2008). East
Africa Migration Route Initiative Gaps & Needs Analysis
Project Country Reports: Ethiopia, Kenya, Libya. Vienna
Laurence G., Jeremias M., Tilahun A., Kenneth M.(2012).
Integrated Natural Resource Management in The Highlands of
Eastern Africa; From Concept to Practice. New York, Earthscan.
Lloyd, P. & P. Dickens (1977). Location in Space. Harper @
Row.
Mesfin Woldemariam (1972). Introduction to Ethiopian
Geography, Addis Ababa, Ministry of Agriculture/MOA/
(1998). Agro-ecological zones of Ethiopia:

92
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Natural Resources Management and Regulatory Department,

Addis
Ababa
Morgan R.P.C (2005). Soil Erosion and Conservation. National
Soil Resources
Institute, Carnfield University. Blackwell Publishing, Oxford,
UK.
OXFAM(2018). Horn of Africa climate crisis response.
Regional summary
Pausewang, Siegfried (1990), Ethiopian Rural Development
Options.
Plant genetic resource center (1995). Ethiopia: country report to
the FAO
International Technical Conference on Plant Genetic Resource,
Addis
Ababa
Robert, E.G, James, F.P & L. MichaelT.(2007). Essentials of
Physical
Geography. Thomson Higher Education, Belmont, 8th edition.
UNDP, FAO (1984) Ethiopia Forest Resources and Potential for
Development; An assistance to land use planning.
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
(2007). Climate Change; Impacts Vulnerabilities and
Adaptations in Developing Countries.
http://www.preventionweb.net/publications/view/2759
Waugh, D. (1990). Geography: An Integrated Approach. Nelson:
London.

15.2. Management and Entrepreneurship Module

93
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [02]
The objective of this module is to introduce the different market
structures and their real world applications, and Equipping students with
macroeconomic goals, national income accounting, economic problems
Rationale and
and policy instruments in light Ethiopian context. It enables students to
objective of the
define entrepreneurship within the context of society, identify business
module
opportunities, prepare business plan and distinguish forms of business
ownership.

Total CP of the
14 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
MGMT3021 Entrepreneurship and Business Development 4
IEng5024 Industrial Management and Engineering Economics 5
Econ-2022 Introduction to Economics 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number ECON-2022

Course Title Introduction to Economics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Management and Entrepreneurship Module
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• Describing the major economic agents and their
respective roles and objectives,
Course Objectives
Introducing the concepts of demand and supply and their
interactions.

94
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Introducing students to the neoclassical theory of

consumer preferences and utility maximization
approaches,
• Discuss short- run behavior of production and the related
cost structure,
• Introduce the different market structures and their real
world applications, and
• Equipping students with macroeconomic goals, national
income accounting, economic
problems and policy instruments in light Ethiopian
context.
Chapter One: Introduction
1.1. Definition and Meaning of Economics
1.2. Rationale of Economics
1.3. Scope and methods of economic analysis
1.3.1. Micro and macro economics
1.3.2. Positive and normative economics
1.3.3. Inductive and deductive reasoning in economics.
1.4. Scarcity, choice, opportunity cost and production possibilities
frontier

Course Description/Course 1.5. Basic economic questions,

Contents 1.6. Economic systems
1.7. Decision making units and the circular flow model
Chapter Two: Theory of Demand and Supply
2. Theory of Demand and Supply
2.1. Theory of Demand
2.1.1. Demand function, demand schedule and demand curve
2.1.2. Determinants of Demand
2.1.3. Elasticity of Demand
2.2. Theory of Supply
2.2.1. Supply function, supply schedule and supply curve

95
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2.2.2. Determinants of supply

2.2.3. Elasticity of supply
2.3. Market equilibrium
Chapter Three: Theory of Consumers’ Behaviour
3. Theory of Consumers’ Behaviour
3.1. Consumer preferences
3.2. The concept of utility
3.3. Approaches of measuring Utility
3.3.1. The cardinal utility approach
3.3.1.1. Assumptions of cardinal utility theory
3.3.1.2. Total and marginal utility
3.3.1.3. Law of diminishing marginal utility (LDMU)
3.3.1.4. Equilibrium of the consumer
3.3.2. The ordinal utility approach
3.3.2.1. Assumptions of ordinal utility approach
3.3.2.2. Indifference curve and map
3.3.2.3. Properties of indifference curves
3.3.2.4. The marginal rate of substitution (MRS)
3.3.2.5. The budget line or the price line
3.3.2.6. Equilibrium of the consumer
Chapter Four : The Theory of Production and Costs
4. Theory of Production and Costs
4.1. Theory of production in the short run
4.1.1. Definition of production
4.1.2. Production function
4.1.3. Total, average, marginal product
4.1.4. The law of variable proportions
4.1.5. Stages of production
4.2. Theory of costs in the short run

96
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

4.2.1. Definition and types of costs

4.2.2. Total, average, marginal costs in the short run
4.2.3. Relationship between short-run production and cost curves
Chapter Five: Market structure
5. Market structure
5.1. The concept of market in physical and digital space
5.2. Perfectly Competitive market
5.2.1. Assumptions
5.2.2. Short run equilibrium of the firm
5.2.3. Short run equilibrium of the industry
5.3. Monopoly market
5.3.1. Definition and Characteristics
5.3.2. Sources of Monopoly
5.4. Monopolistically competitive market
5.4.1. Definition and characteristics
5.5. Oligopolistic market
5.5.1. Definition and characteristics
Chapter Six: Fundamentals of macroeconomics (with stylized
facts from Ethiopia)
6. Fundamentals of macroeconomics
6.1. Goals of Macroeconomics
6.2. The National Income Accounting
6.2.1. Approaches to measure national income (GDP)
6.2.2. Other income accounts (GNP, NNP, NI, PI and DI)
6.3. Nominal versus Real GDP
6.4. The GDP deflator and the Consumer Price Index(CPI)
6.5. The Business Cycle
6.6. Macroeconomic Problems
6.6.1. Unemployment
6.6.2. Inflation
6.6.3. Trade deficit and budget deficit

97
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

6.7. Macroeconomic Policy Instruments

6.7.1. Monetary policy
6.7.2. Fiscal policy

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture
Methods
⮚ Brain-storming sessions
⮚ Group discussions
⮚ Individual and group assignments

Assessment method Weight

Assignment (individual
20%
Assessment/Evaluation and/or group)
Tests/ quizs 30%
Final Exam 50 %
Total 100%
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
1. A. Koutsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics
2. D.N.Dwivedi, 1997, Micro Economic Theory, 3rd edition.,
Vikas Publishing
3. R.S. Pindyck& D.L. Rubinfeld, Microeconomics.
4. Hal R. Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern
Approach, 6th edition.
5. C.L.Cole, Micro Economics: A Contemporary Approach.
Literature
6. Ferguson & Gould’s, 1989, Microeconomic Theory, 6th
edition.
7. N. Gregory Mankiw, 2007, Macroeconomics, 4th edition.
8. P. Aghion and P. Howitt ,2009, The Economics of Growth,
The MIT Press.
9. A. B. Abel and B.S. Bernanke, 2017, Macroeconomics, 9th
edition, Pearson.

98
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

10. Ayele Kuris, Introduction to Economics, 2001.

11. Begg, Fisher &Dornbusch, 2005, Macroeconomics, 8th Ed.
12. Liberman, Marc and Hill, Robert E, 2005, Introduction to
Economics 2nd Ed.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number MGMT 3021

Course Title Entrepreneurship and Business Development
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Management and Entrepreneurship Module
CP 4 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 2 4
Upon the completion of this course, students will be able to:
• Define entrepreneurship within the context of society
• Identify business opportunities
• Prepare business plan
• Distinguish forms of business ownership
• Comprehend intellectual property rights in business
Course Objectives
practices
• Define basic marketing concepts
• Formulate context-based marketing strategies
• Identify and evaluate sources of financing new ventures
• Manage business growth and transition
• Practice ethical business with all stakeholders
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1. Definition and philosophy of
Course Description/Course Entrepreneurship Vs Entrepreneurs
Contents
1.1.1. Historical origin of entrepreneurship
1.2.Type of Entrepreneurs

99
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1.3. Role within the economy

1.4.Entrepreneurial Competence and
Environment
1.4.1. Entrepreneurial Mindset
1.4.2. Demographic Factors
1.4.3. Entrepreneurial Environment
1.5. Entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation
Chapter 2 Business Planning
1.1. Opportunity Identification and Evaluation
2.2. Business Idea Development
2.2.1 Business Idea Identification
2.2.2 Sources of Business Ideas
2.2.3 Methods for generating Business Ideas
2.3. The Concept of Business Planning
2.4. Business Feasibility
2.5. The Business plan
2.6. Developing a business plan
Chapter 3 Business Formation
3.1. The Concept of Business
Development
3.2. Forms of Business (a short
explanation)
3.3. Definition and Importance of SMEs
3.4. Setting up small scale business
3.5 Roles of SMEs
3.6. Business failure and success factors.
3.6.1 Problems of small scale business in
Ethiopia
3.7 Organizational structure and
entrepreneurial team formation
Chapter 4 Product or Services Development

100
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

4.1. The Concept of product or service

technology
4.2. Product or service development Process
4.3 Legal and regulatory frameworks
4.4 Intellectual Property Protection/Product
or service protection
4.4.1 Patent
4.4.2 Trademarks
4.4.3 Copyrighting
Chapter 5 Marketing
5.1. The Concept and philosophy of
marketing
5.2. Marketing Mix and Strategies
5.3 Marketing Information System
5.3.1 Marketing intelligence
5.3.2 Marketing research
5.5. Competitive analysis
5.6 Selling and Customer Service
Chapter 6 Financing the new venture
6.1 Overview of Business Financing
6.2 Source of financing
6.2.1 Equity financing
6.2.2 Debt financing
6.2.2.1 Trade credit
6.2.2.2 Lease financing
6.3 Traditional Financing (Equib/Edir,
etc.)
6.4 Crowd Funding
6.5 Micro finance in Ethiopia
Chapter 7 Managing Growth and Transition
7.1. Managing business growth

101
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

7.2. New venture expansion strategies

7.3. Business Ethics and Social
Responsibility

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning
Methods
Quiz 5%
• Test 15%
• Individual Assignment 10%
Assessment/Evaluation
• Business Plan Preparation 15%
• Presentation 5%
• Final Exam 50%
Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Recommended Text book
Hirsh RobertD. and D. and Peters MichaelP. “Entrepreneurship”
Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2002.
Further References
Justin G. Longenecker and Carlos W. Moore, Small Business
Management 12th edition, College Division South Western
Publishing Co. Dallas, 2003
Literature
Holt David H. “Entrepreneurship – New venture Creation
“Eastern Economy Edition, 2000.
DonaldF.Kutatko and RichardM.Hodgetts, “Entrepreneurship: A
Cotemporary Approach” Fourth Edition.
HailayGebretinsae, Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management, 2nd Edition.
approach “. Fourth Edition, the Dryden Press, 1998

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

102
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number IEng5024

Course Title Industrial Management and Engineering Economics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Management and Entrepreneurship
CP Credits 4 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 3
The course enables students to understand
basic principles/concepts of:
• Industrial management and organization;
• Industrial plant design;
• Effective material management;
Course Objectives • Management and resource allocation; and Engineering
economy.
Basic management concepts and industrial organization; Work
environment; Plant design; Materials management; Forecasting
techniques; Basics of accounting principles; Project
management; Financial evaluation.

103
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Basic Management Concepts and Industrial

Organization: Introduction to management; Functions of
management; Organizational structure; Basics of
productivity.
• Plant Design: Basics of Plant Layout; Study of Plant
Layout; Ergonomics and Industrial Safety
• Forecasting: Meaning and use of
forecasting;
Forecasting techniques

Course Description/Course • Materials Management: Purchasing; Inventory control

Contents • Project Management and Resource Allocation: Work
breakdown structure; Project organization, Network
scheduling; ProjCp crashing; Resource allocation, Project
risks
• Investment Evaluation: Total investment costs; ProjCp
financing; Financial evaluations
• Basic Accounting Principles & Budgeting
Fundamentals: Classification of accounts; Accounting
concepts; Accounting statements; Budgets and budgetary
control
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 5, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
Literature Daniel Kitaw, Industrial Management and Engineering
Economics, 2007.

104
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

References:
1. Heizer, Jay and Render, Barry: Operation Management,
8th ed, 2006.
2. Kurtz, Max P.E., Hand Book of Industrial Management,
New York: McGraw Hill Inc., 1984.
3. Peter Atrill & Eddie McLaney, Accounting and Finance
for Non–specialist, New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India,
2001
4. Mikell P. Groover, Automation, Production systems,
and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, 2nd Edition,
Asia, Pearson Education, 2001
5. Moore, James M. Plant Layout and Design, New York,
Macmillan Company, 1962

15.3. General Engineering Skill Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Module Number [03]

The objective of this module is to offer an introduction to engineering
Rationale and
profession and basic skills. In general, students will develop an ability to
objective of the
use and apply the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
module
necessary for engineering practice.
Total CP of the
10 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EmTe-1032 Introduction to Emerging Technologies 5
Meng2031 Engineering Drawing 5
Meng2033 Workshop Practice 3

105
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EmTe-1032

Course Title Introduction to Emerging Technologies
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module General Engineering Skill Module
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

Course Objectives

Course Description/Course
Contents

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning
Methods

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial

Literature

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number Meng2031
Course Title Engineering drawing
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module General Engineering Skills
CP Credits 5CP

106
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Lecture Practice or Tutorial Home study

Contact Hours (per week) Laboratory
2 0 3 5
At the end of the course, students shall master:
• Different types of projection techniques.
• Sketching multi-view drawings.
• Pictorial drawings of given multi-view drawings.
• Sketching auxiliary and sectional views.
Course Objectives
• Finding intersection lines of different geometries &
development of surfaces.
This course will help students to develop visualization skills
which are crucial in the design practices of various hydraulic
structures.
• Introduction to descriptive geometry part: Geometrical
construction, tangency construction, conic sections, Special
curves and theory of projection.

• Introduction to multi-view representation: Techniques in

Course Description/Course
pencil drawing, Pictorial drawing (isometric and oblique),
Contents
Auxiliary views, sectional view, section of solids such as
cylinders, cones and prisms, symbols used in for materials
in section drawing, Development of intersections of simple
objCp and transition piece.
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials and practices
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
1. French, Engineering Drawing and Graphic Technology.
Literature
2. Luzader, Engineering Drawing.

107
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. Spencer, Technical Drawing.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Meng2031

Course Title Workshop Practice
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module General Engineering Skill Module
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
1 0 3 2
The course is intended to give the student
• practical training on basic workshop technology on bench
Course Objectives
work,
• hands-on experience on basic conventional machining
Introduction to manufacturing processes; Bench work; Wood
work, Metal work, cutting with the aid of conventional machine
tools; Operation and maintenance of appliances and machines;
Course Description/Course Welding, brazing and soldering; Measuring and testing.
Contents
• Bench work, Wood work
• Metal Work using Conventional Machines
• Welding: Welding; Brazing; Soldering.
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning
Methods

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and 100%
practice

108
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Literature

15.4. Mathematics and Physics Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [04]
Rationale and The primary objective of the module is to equip the student with a number of
objective of the fundamental theories and techniques of mathematical science useful in
module engineering.
Total CP of the
31 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
Math1041 Basic Mathematics for Natural Sciences 6
Phys1041 General Physics 5
Math1042 Applied Engineering Mathematics I 5
Math2041 Applied Engineering Mathematics II 5
Math2042 Applied Engineering Mathematics III 5
EEng3042 Computational Methods 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Math 1041

Course Title Basic Mathematics for Natural Sciences
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Applied Mathematics
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

109
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

• apply propositional logic in reasoning,
• use quantifiers in open propositions in mathematical logic
• understand concepts of sets and set operations,
• understand the fundamental properties of real numbers
• use mathematical induction in proofs,
Course Objectives
• analyze least upper bound and greatest lower bound,
• understand the fundamental properties of complex
numbers
• express complex numbers in polar representation
• explain different types of functions, their inverses and
their graphs
Chapter One: Propositional logic and Set Theory (14 hrs)
1.1. Definition and examples of proposition
1.1.1 Logical connectives
1.1.2 Compound (or complex) propositions
1.1.3 Tautology and contradiction
1.1.4 Open proposition and quantifiers
1.2. Set theory
1.2.1 The concept of a set

Course Description/Course 1.2.2 Description of sets

Contents 1.2.3. Set operations and Venn diagrams
Chapter Two: The real and complex number systems (14 hrs)
2.1 The real number system
2.1.1. The natural numbers, Principle of mathematical induction
and the Well ordering
Principle
2.1.2. The integers, rational numbers and real numbers.
2.1.3. Upper bound and lower bound: least upper bound and
greatest lower bound;

110
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Completeness property of real numbers

2.2. Complex number system
2.2.1. Definition of complex numbers and their operations
2.2.2. Polar representation of complex numbers and the De-
Moivere’s formula
2.2.3. Extraction of roots
Chapter Three: Functions (14 hrs)
3.1. Review of relations and functions
3.2. Real-valued functions and their properties
3.3. Types of functions and inverse of a function
3.4. Polynomials, zeros of polynomials, rational functions, and
their graphs
3.5. Definitions and basic properties of logarithmic, exponential,
trigonometric and hyperbolic
functions, and their graphs.
Chapter Four: Analytic Geometry (22 hrs)
4.1 The straight-line: Division of segments and various forms of
equation of a line.
4.2. Circles
4.2.1. Definition of circle and examples
4.2.2. Equation of a circle centre at the origin and different from
the origin.
4.2.3. Intersection of a circle and a line
4.3. Parabola
4.3.1. Definition of parabola and standard form of equation of
parabola.
4.3.2. Equation of parabola parallel to the x-axis (the y-axis)
4.4. Ellipse
4.4.1. Definition of Ellipse and examples
4.4.2. Equation of ellipse centre at the origin and different from
the origin

111
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

4.5 Hyperbola
4.5.1. Definition of circle and examples
4.5.2. Equation of hyperbola of center at the origin transverse
axis to x-axis (the y-axis)
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods
Assignments / quizzes / tests 20%

Assessment/Evaluation Mid Exam 30%

Final examination 50%

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Abera Abay, An Introduction to Analytic Geometry, AAU, 1998
Literature Alemayehu Haile and Yismaw Alemu, Mathematics an
Introductory Course, Department of Mathematics, AAU

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Phys1041

Course Title General Physics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Mathematics and Physics
CP 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

Course Objectives •

112
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Description/Course
Contents

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, tutorial, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial

Literature

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Math1042

Course Title Applied Engineering Mathematics I
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Applied Mathematics
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
The student will learn the basics of vectors, matrices, integrals
and, sequences and series and solve problems within technical
Course Objectives
and scientific problems.

113
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Vector algebra;
• Different operations on vectors.
• Apply vectors for practical problems.
Matrices and Determinates;
• Operations on matrices and their applications,
• Represent physical problems into mathematical symbols
and solve them.
Course Description/Course Transcendental functions & their inverses;
Contents
• Different transcendental functions.
Integrals & their application;
• Basic techniques of intergradations and their application.
Real sequences and Series
• Test for convergence/ divergence of sequences and
series.
• Expand some functions in power series.
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 1, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
1. Larson, R., Hostetler, R. P., and Edwards, B. H. (2005),
Calculus with Analytical Geometry, 8th edition, Houghton
Literature Miffin Company
2. S. Lang (2004), Linear Algebra, 3rd edition, Springer
3. Stewart, J. (2002), Calculus, 5th edition, Brooks Cole

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Math2041

Course Title Applied Engineering Mathematics II

114
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Applied Mathematics
CP Credits 5 cp
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
The student knows how to use the derivative and integration in
Course Objectives
modeling and solving problems.
Differential calculus of functions of several variables;
• Functions of several variables,
• partial differentiation and their applications,
Multiple integrals;
• Evaluate multiple integrals in different coordinate system
and their applications
Ordinary differential equations
Course Description/Course • Identify ordinary differential equations and their methods
Contents of solution,
• Apply ordinary differential equations for solving physical
problems.
Laplace transforms.
• Define Laplace transforms of functions,
• Find Laplace transforms of functions,
• Apply Laplace transforms to solve ordinary equations and
integrals
Pre-requisites Applied Engineering mathematics I
Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

115
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Ellis, R. and Gulick, D. (1998). Calculus with Analytic

Geometry, 5th edition. Horcourt
2. Larson, R. (2002), Calculus with Analytical Geometry, 7th
Literature edition, Houghton Mifflin College Division
3. Erwin Kreyszig (2005). Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th
edition, Wiley

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Math2042

Course Title Applied Engineering Mathematics III
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module
Mathematics and Physics
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Students shall understand the principles of differential equations of
1st and 2nd order, vector differential calculus, line & surface integral,
Course Objectives
complex analytical functions, complex integrals, different types of
series
• First order differential equations
• Second order differential equations
• Vector differential calculus
• Line and surface integral
• Complex analytical functions and complex integrals
Course Description/Course
Contents • Taylor and Laurant Series
• Integration by the method of residue
• Complex Number and Electrical Applications
• Four Analysis: Fourier Series and Four Transform
• Z Transform and System Analysis

116
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Pre-requisites Applied Engineering mathematics II

Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
A student must attend at least 85 % of lecture class and 100% of
Attendance Requirements
tutorial class.
1. Erwin Kreyszig (2005). Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th
edition, Wiley
2. Ellis, R. and Gulick, D. (1998). Calculus with Analytic Geometry,
5th edition. Harcourt
Literature
3. Stewart, J. (2002), Calculus, 5th edition, Brooks Cole
4. Churchil, R. V. (2003). Complex Variables and Application, 7/e,
McGraw Hill Edition

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng3042
Course Title Computational Methods
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Mathematics and Physics
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
2 3 0 5
Course Objectives Students shall learn basics of mathematical modeling, different
numerical methods for determination of roots of equations,
fundamentals of linear algebraic equations, least square regressions

117
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

and interpolation methods, numerical differentiation and

integration, and solving ordinary differential equations numerically.

Course Description/Course • Number System and Numerical Error Analysis

Contents The Error Problem; Representation of Integers and
Fractions;

Number Representation and Storage in Computers;

Rounding

Off Problem; Numerical Errors; Significant Digits;

Numerical Cancellation; Algorithm for Conversion from
one base to another; Computational Problems and
Algorithms;
Computational Efficiency; Computational Methods for
Error Estimation
• Solution of Nonlinear Equations

Methods used in Root Finding; Summary of the Solutions

of

Nonlinear Equations; Fixed Point Iteration; Real Roots of

Polynomial Equations; Iterative Methods for Finding Real

Zeros of a Polynomial; Order of Convergence

• Review Matrices

Elementary Properties of Matrices; Orthogonality and

Orthonormality of Vectors and Matrices; Norm of Vectors

and

Matrices

118
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• System of Linear Equations

Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions; Methods of

Solution of Linear Equations
• Solution of Systems of Nonlinear Equations
The Iterative Method; The Newton-Raphson Method

• Interpolation and Approximation

Class of Common Approximation Functions; Criteria for

the

Choice of the Approximate Function; Finite Differences;

Divided Differences; Interpolation by Polynomials; Least

Square Approximation by Polynomials; Piecewise

Polynomial Approximation; Cubic Spline Interpolation
• Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Numerical Differentiation; Numerical Integration

• Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations

Ordinary Differential Equations; Partial Differential

Equations

• Finite Element Methods, Movement Methods, FDTD

Methods
Pre-requisites Applied Engineering Mathematics-III, computer programming
Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials,
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

119
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Literature 1. Chapra C.S. and Canale P.R., “Numerical Methods for

Engineers with Programming and Software Application”

2. Recktenwald, Gerald. Numerical Methods with Matlab,
Prentice Hall, 2000.
3. Erwin Kreysizg (2005), Advanced Engineering Mathematics,
9th edition, Wiley.
4. Stewart, J. (2002), Calculus, 5th edition, Brooks Cole.
5. Brown, J. W. & Churchill, R. V. (2003), Complex Variables
and
Applications, 7th edition

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Number Stat2041

Course Title Probability and Statistics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Mathematics and Physics Module
Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
.Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

Course Objectives

Course Description/Course
Contents

Pre-requisites Mathematics for Natural Sciences

Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial and laboratory exercises.
Methods

120
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering

Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 80 % of the classes
Textbook
Literature

15.5. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [05]
Justification of the module
• Focuses on giving students with the basics of modern physics and the
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering knowledge, which is the
foundation for Electrical Engineering.
• Introduces students to the methods of calculating electromagnetic
fields, analysis of electrical machines and to the physical behaviors of
electrical engineering materials.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
• Provides students with modern theory of physics which will be
Rationale and background for understanding electrical engineering concepts.
objective of the
• Gives the students theoretical background for understanding Electrical
module
Engineering.
• Enable students to understand and apply the fundamental and derived
circuit laws and theorems to the analysis of dc and steady state poly-
phase ac circuits.
• Provides students with some practical hands-on exercise in Electrical
Engineering areas.
• Understand and quantify the electrical eff Cp of static charge
distributions in vacuum and material body
• Apply the laws governing electrostatic to different charge distributions

121
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Understand and quantify the eff Cp of charges moving with uniform

velocity
• Understand the elements of electrodynamics and Maxwell‟s equations.
• Understand basic concepts of electromagnetic circuits as they relate to
voltages, currents, and physical forces induced in conductors.
• Understand and gain insight into principles of operation & construction
of transformer, induction machines, D.C. machines, and synchronous
machines.
• Learn and understand analytical models for transformers and electrical
rotating machines and analyze operation characteristics of the
machines.

Total CP of the
20 credit point
module
Courses of the Module
Course Number Course Name CP
EEng2052 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering 5
EEng2054 Fundamental of Electrical Engineering Lab 3
Phys3051 Applied Modern Physics 5
EEng3053 Electromagnetic Fields 5
EEng3052 Electrical Materials and Technology 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng2052

Course Title Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
CP 5
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 5

122
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To enable students to understand the basic electromagnetic

phenomenon, circuit variables and parameters
Course Objectives • To enable students to understand and apply the
fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems to the
analysis of dc and steady state poly-phase ac circuits;
• Basic Electrical Engineering Parameters
Charge, Coulomb's Law, electric field, voltage,
current, energy and power; Faraday's Law-self and
mutual inductances
• Electric Circuit parameters
Circuit, energy and, electric sources (ideal/real;
independent/dependent)
DC Circuit Analysis with fundamental and derived
circuit laws
• Circuit Analysis:
Kirchhoff's laws (KVL & KCL); circuits
simplifications (series and parallel connections of R,
Course Description/Course L, C and sources); star (Y) - delta (Δ)
Contents
transformation; mesh analysis; nodal analysis;
linearity and the superposition theorem; Thevenin's
and Norton's theorems; maximum power transfer;
• Steady State Single Phase AC Circuit Analysis:
Sinusoidal terminologies; instantaneous, average
and effective (rms) values; phasor representation of
sinusoids and arithmetic; series and parallel RLC
circuits; immittance (impedance or admittance);
frequency response and resonance; active (average),
reactive and apparent powers; power factor; power
factor correction; maximum power transfer in ac
circuits.

123
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Transient Circuit Analysis:

First Order Transient Circuits: RL and RC Transient
Characteristics and Solutions; Second Order
Transient Circuits: RLC Transient Circuits; Higher
Order Circuits and Approximations;
• Introduction to polyphase systems;
Three phase ac circuits ; generation of three phase
voltages; star (Y) and delta (Δ) connections; Voltage,
current and power in balanced system; power in
unbalanced three phase systems; Circuit analysis
using software(optional)

Pre-requisites Applied mathematics II (Co-requisite)

Semester Year 2, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:

a. Robert Boylestad,” Engineering Circuit

Analysis”, 10th edition, Jan 2006.
b. C. K. Alexander and M. N. O. Sadiku,”
Fundamentals of Electric Circuit”, McGraw-Hill
Literature
Higher Education,5th edition, 2013.
c. J.E.Kemmerly, Steven M.Durbin, Willian
H.Hayt: Engineering Circuit Analysis, McGraw-
Hill Higher Education: Jan 2006
Reference Materials

124
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. B.L. and A.K. Theraja, “A Text Book of

Electrical Technology: Basic Electrical
Engineering”, Vol. I.
2. J.D. h-win, “Basic engineering circuit Analysis”,
5th edition.
3. Biobrow “Fundamentals of Electrical
Engineering”, 2nd edition.
4. Hughes “Electrical Technology”, 7th edition.
5. T.F. Bogart: Electric Circuits, 2001.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng2052

Course Title Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Lab
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
CP 3
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
0 3 0 3
• To enable students to understand the basic electromagnetic
phenomenon, circuit variables and parameters
Course Objectives • To enable students to understand and apply the
fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems to the
analysis of dc and steady state poly-phase ac circuits;
Coulomb's Law,
Kirchhoff's laws (KVL & KCL);
circuits simplifications (series and parallel connections of R,
Course Description/Course L, C and sources);
Contents
mesh analysis;
nodal analysis;
linearity and the superposition theorem;

125
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Thevenin's and Norton's theorems; maximum power

transfer;

Pre-requisites Applied mathematics II (Co-requisite)

Semester Year 2, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:

Robert Boylestad,” Engineering Circuit Analysis”, 10th

edition, Jan 2006.
C. K. Alexander and M. N. O. Sadiku,” Fundamentals of
Electric Circuit”, McGraw-Hill Higher Education,5th edition,
Literature
2013.
J.E.Kemmerly, Steven M.Durbin, Willian H.Hayt:
Engineering Circuit Analysis, McGraw-Hill Higher
Education: Jan 2006

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Phys3051

Course Title Applied Modern Physics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

126
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To provide the necessary background for understanding of

Course Objectives one of the modern sciences dealing with the special theory
of relativity and quantum mechanics.
• Comparison of Classical and Modern Physics;
• The Special Theory of Relativity;
• Electron Emission;
Course Description/Course
Contents • The Dual Properties of Particles;
• Introduction to Quantum Mechanics;
• Introduction to Solid State Physics;
Pre-requisites Applied Mathematics III
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial and assignments.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
1. J. W. Rohlf , Modern Physics: from alpha to Z (John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York), 1994.
References:
1. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics,

Literature McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. 2001.

2. Ronald Gautreau, William Savin, Modern Physics
(Schaum's Outline Series) (McGraw-Hill, New York),
1998.
3. P.A. Tipler, R.A. Liewellyn, Modern Physics, H.
Freeman and Company, 2001.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3053

127
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Title Electromagnetic Fields

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• Understand and quantify the electrical effect of static
charge distributions in vacuum and material body
• Apply the laws governing electrostatic to different
charge distributions
• Understand and quantify the effect of charges moving
Course Objectives
with uniform velocity
• Understand the elements of electrodynamics
Summarize electromagnetism through Maxwell‟s
equations.

• Review of Vectors
Scalar & Vector Fields; Line, Surface, & Volume
Integrals; Gradient of a Scalar field, Divergence &
Curl of a Vector Field, the Divergence & Stokes's
Theorems,
Laplacian of a Scalar Field; Solenoidal & Irrotational
Vector Fields, Helmholz's Theorem; Orthogonal
Curvilinear Coordinates.
Course Description/Course
Contents • Electrostatic Fields
Coulomb's Law, Electric Field E, Electric Flux
Density D; Gauss's Law; Electric Potential V;
Relationship between E &V; Electric Dipole; Energy
in Electrostatic Fields.
• Electric Fields in Material Body
Convection & Conduction Currents; Polarization in
Dielectrics; Boundary Conditions.

128
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Electrostatic Boundary-Value Problems

Poisson's & Laplace's Equations; Resistance &
Capacitance.
• Magnetostatics Fields
Biot-Savart Law; Ampere‟s Circuital Law; Magnetic
Flux Density B; Magnetic Vector Potential A;
Maxwell's Equation for Static EM Fields.
• Magnetic Forces & Materials
• Forces due to Magnetic Fields; Magnetic Boundary
Conditions; Magnetic Energy; Faraday's Law. Magnetic
Forces & Materials
• Introduction to Time Varying EM Fields.
Fundamental of Electrical Engineering;
Pre-requisites Applied Mathematics III (Co-requisite)
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments, Demonstrations.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
1. Matthew N. O. Sadiku: Elements of Electromagnetics,
Oxford University Press, USA; 4th edition Oct
24,2006
References:
Literature 1. Hayt, W.H.: Engineering Electromagnetics, 4th ed.,
McGraw-Hill, 1981.
2. Popovic and Popovic: Introductory electromagnetics,
(Prentice Hall, 2000).
3. David J. Griffiths: Introduction to Electrodynamics,
3rd ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1999.

129
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3162

Course Title Introduction to Electrical Machines
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Fundamental of Electrical Engineering
CP 5
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 5
• To understand basic concepts of electromagnetic circuits
as they relate to voltages, currents, and physical forces
induced in conductors.
• To understand and gain insight into principles of
operation & construction of transformer, induction
machines, D.C.
• Machines, and synchronous machines.
Course Objectives
• To learn and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C.
windings.
• To learn and understand analytical models for
transformers and electrical rotating machines.
• To use such models to analyze power requirements,
power capability, efficiency and operating
characteristics.

130
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Magnetics and Principle of electromechanical

energy conversion
Field properties, materials, saturation & hysteresis,
magnetic circuits, iron loses, Production of an EMF,
Production of electromagnetic force-torque, Single
exited and doubly excited systems.
• Transformers:
Principle of action, construction, design aspect ideal
& practical models, parameter testing, voltage
regulation, efficiency, 3-phase transformers,
connection groups, Inrush currents, harmonics,
parallel operation, load sharing, special transformers.
Course Description/Course
Contents
• Induction Machines
Construction, Revolving field, synchronous speed &
slip, rotor & equivalent circuit models, determine
parameter of the equivalent circuit, A.C windings,
Winding factors, design aspect.
• D.C Machines

Construction, armature reaction, commutation,

Characteristics of D.C generator, parallel operation, and
characteristics of D.C. motors, D.C winding, dynamic
equations, control aspect.

Pre-requisites EEng2052: Fundamental of Electrical Engineering

Semester Year 3, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignments, Demonstrations.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

131
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Literature Textbook:
1. J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their
Applications, 1996
References:
1. Theodore Wildi: Electrical Machines, Drives
and Power systems, Prentice Hall: 6th edition
Jan 26,2005.
2. Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control,
Prentice-Hall, 1997.
3. Nagrath,T J, Electric Machines, Tata McGraw
hill Edition 1997.
4. Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill.
5. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans:
Electric Machinery, 2004.
6. M.G. Say: Alternating Current Machines, 2000.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3052

Course Title Electrical Materials and Technology
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Fundamental of Electrical Engineering
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week) Laboratory
2 0 3 5
After successful completion of this course, the students will be
able to
• Understand the fundamental classical and quantum
Course Objectives
theories
• Understand the role of electrons in determining the
electrical properties of various materials

132
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Understand the physical properties of conductors,

semiconductors, superconductors, insulators and
magnetic materials
• Develop quantitative descriptions of the physical
properties of different materials

This course introduces students with the fundamentals of atomic

theory, the classical and quantum theories in explaining the
behavior/properties of materials. It specifically covers the basics
Course Description
of conductors, superconductors, insulators/dielectrics,
semiconductors and magnetic materials. It is intended for
students who took Applied Modern Physics or equivalent.

• Review of Atomic Theory of Matter

The Rutherford model of atom
The Bohr atom model, Quantization of electron energy
Schrödinger equation and its interpretation
Energy band diagram
• Conducting Materials (Metals)
Introduction to conduction in metals
Conductivity using the classical theory approach (Drude
model)
Course Contents
Conductivity using the quantum theory approach
Fermi-Dirac distribution function and the Fermi energy of
metals,
Factors influencing conductivity /resistivity of conductor
materials
Frequency, Temperature, Impurity, Magnetic field
Thermal conductivity of conductors
• Superconductivity
BCS theory and Meissner effect

133
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Properties and classification of superconductors

Application of superconductors
• Semiconductor Materials
Energy band diagram of semiconductors

Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors

Fermi-Dirac distribution and concentration of charge

carriers

Drift and diffusion current

Hall effect

• Dielectric Materials (Insulators)

Field relations

Polarization and mechanisms of polarization in dielectrics,

Lorentz field

Complex permittivity

Influence of frequency on permittivity

Mechanisms of electrical breakdown of dielectric

materials, Ferroelectricity

• Magnetic Materials
Macroscopic characterization of magnetic materials

Magnetic dipole moment

Types of magnetic materials

Spontaneous magnetization and the Curie Weiss law

Hard and soft magnetic materials, Ferrimagnetic materials

134
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Pre-requisites EEng-2202: Applied Electronics I

EEng-2101: Applied Modern Physics
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial and assignments.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”

Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Text Books:
1. J. Allison, “Electronic Engineering Materials and
Devices”
References:
1. L. Solymer & D. Walsh, “Electrical Properties
Literature of Materials”
2. Dekker, “Electrical Engineering Materials and
Devices”
3. P.L Kapoor, “Electrical Engineering Materials
and Devices”
G.P. Chhalotra, “Electrical Engineering Materials”

15.6. Engineering Mechanics Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module [06]
Number
Justification of the module
This module provides the students understanding of the principles and
methods of mechanics - static and kinematics, to develop the ability to
formulate and solve engineering mechanics problems in a systematic
manner.
Rationale and • Understand and use the concept of thermodynamics in describing and
objective of the
analyzing various energy conversion systems.
module
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module

135
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Understand vector and scalar treatment of coplanar and non-coplanar

force systems.
• Understand resultants, equilibrium, friction, second moments of
areas, principal second moments of area, radius of gyration, internal
forces, shear and bending moment diagrams.
• Particle and rigid body kinematics, Newton's laws of motion, kinetics
of plane motion, rigid body problems using work-energy, linear, and
angular impulse-momentum principles, vibrations.
• Understand the concept of energy and its various forms.
• Understand and be able to use constitutive relationships relating state
variables.
• Understand and be able to use the conservation of mass, Newton‟s
second law, and the first and second laws of thermodynamics on a
fixed mass system to predict the performance of energy-system
components;
• Understand and be able to use the continuity, the momentum
equation, and the first and second laws of thermodynamics on
control-volume systems to predict the performance of energy-system
components;

Total CP of the
14 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
CEng2061 Engineering Mechanics I (Statics) 5
Meng2062 Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics) 5
MEng2064 Engineering Thermodynamics 4

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number CEng2061

136
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Title Engineering Mechanics I (Statics)

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module
Engineering Mechanics
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
This course presents the fundamental physical concepts, laws and
principles that are essential for solving engineering problems. As
it is a prerequisite to the senior engineering courses, students are
expected to grasp the basics of the courses through discussion,
Course Objectives
reading and exercising.
This course is one of the fundamental courses as it helps students
to understand objCp mathematical properties which is highly
applicable in determining force acting on objCp.
• Resultants of coplanar and non - coplanar force systems.
• Equations of equilibrium for coplanar and non - coplanar
force systems.
• Equilibrium of simple structures: trusses, beams, frames and
machines.
Course Description/Course
Contents • Axial force, shear force and bending moment diagrams for
beams and simple frames.
• Properties of surfaces - centroid, moment and product of
inertia of bodies and areas.
• Static friction.
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, lab exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

137
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.G., Engineering mechanics.

2. Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by Anthony M.
Bedford, Wallace Fowler, Prentice Hall; 5 edition (July 2007)
3. Engineering Mechanics: Statics by Russell C. Hibbeler,
Prentice Hall; 12 edition (January 7, 2009)
Literature
4. Schaum's Outline of Engineering Mechanics by E. W. Nelson,
Charles L. Best, William G. McLean, McGraw-Hill; 5 edition
(May 1997)
5. Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics by Anthony M
Bedford, Wallace Fowler, Prentice Hall; 4 edition (August 2004)

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number Meng2062

Course Title Engineering mechanics II (dynamics)
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Engineering Mechanics
CP Credits 5 cp
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Students shall understand basic principles governing motion of
objCp, appropriate physical models representing physical
Course Objectives systems, appropriate coordinate system & analysis of motion
variables, and deriving equation of motion relating forces acting
and resulting motion.
• Introduction basic concepts and equations motion.
• Kinematics of particles.
Course Description/Course • Kinetics of particles.
Contents
• Kinematics of rigid bodies.
• Kinetics of rigid bodies.
Pre-requisites Ceng 2061 Engineering mechanics I
Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory

138
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, lab exercises

Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
1. Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.G., Engineering mechanics.
2. Hibbler R.C., Engineering Mechanics.
Literature
3. Beer, P. Mechanics for engineers.
4. Best, C.L., Analytical mechanics for engineers

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number MEng 2064
Course Title Engineering Thermodynamics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Engineering Mechanics
CP Credits 4 cp
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 2 4
After completing this course, students shall be able to
• The course enables students to
• Understand the basic thermodynamic principles
• Develop the skills to perform the analysis and design of
Course Objectives
thermodynamic systems
• Develop the skills to accurately articulate thermodynamic
issues using proper thermodynamic concepts and technical
language
• Introductory Concepts and Definitions: Introduction,
Thermodynamic systems; property, state, process and
equilibrium; phase; dimensions and units; some basic
Course Description/Course
Contents properties of thermodynamics.
• Pure Substances: Properties of pure substances; pure
substances; equilibrium mixture of vapor-liquid-phase;

139
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

phase diagrams; independent properties of pure substances;

thermodynamic property tables; equation of state.
• Work and Heat: Work; units of work; expansion and
compression work; other forms of work; heat; units of heat.
• The First Law of Thermodynamics and Energy: The first
law and the system; the first law and the control volume.
• The Second Law of Thermodynamics: Basic concepts; heat
engines and refrigerators; statements of the second law of
thermodynamics; reversible and irreversible processes; the
Carnot cycle; the thermodynamic temperature scale.
• Consequences of The Second Law of Thermodynamics and
Entropy: Entropy and the Clausius inequality; definition of
entropy; definition of the second law of thermodynamics,
Heat transfer as the area under the T-s curve; Isothermal,
Reversible process; isentropic process; isentropic
efficiency.
• Availability and Irreversibility: Introduction; system under
going a steady state process; control volume under going
a steady state process; control volume under going unsteady
state process; availability; second law efficiency.
• Thermodynamic Cycles: Vapor power cycles; refrigeration
and/or heat pump cycles; air standard power cycles
Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials, lab exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading Programs”
System
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of lecture class and 100% of
tutorial class

140
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5. Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.G., Engineering mechanics.

6. Hibbler R.C., Engineering Mechanics.
Literature
7. Beer, P. Mechanics for engineers.
8. Best, C.L., Analytical mechanics for engineers

15.7. Electrical Workshop Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [07]
Rationale and Justification of the module
objective of the • Enable students to have practical exposure to working environment in
module electrical engineering.
• Enable students to understand the construction, control and
maintenance of electrical machines and maintain computers and know
PCB fabrication procedure.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
• Learn workshop safety rules, general soldering techniques and
internal installation practice.
• Maintain electrical motors, computers.
• Learn PCB fabrication techniques.

Total CP of the
6 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng2072 Electrical Workshop Practice I 3
EEng3072 Electrical Workshop Practice II 3

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

141
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number EEng2072

Course Title Electrical Workshop Practice I
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electrical Workshop
CP Credits 3 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
0 3 0 3
• To enable students to have practical exposure to working
Course Objectives
environment in electrical engineering.
• Workshop Safety Rules
• General Soldering Information
• Internal Installation Practice
• Splicing; Two lamps controlled from two different
places by means of two two-way switches; Two lamps
controlled from three different places by means of two two-
way and one intermediate switches; Two lamps controlled
from four different places by means of two two-way and
two intermediate switches; Bell switch; Annunciator
circuits.
▪ Industrial installation
Course Description/Course ▪ Principle of contactor and motor control mechanisms.
Contents
▪ Power and control circuits of industrial wiring and
devices used in these circuits.
▪ Wiring of relay circuits: Relays definition, relay
circuits characteristics and their application, timer’s
definition and their characteristics; Controlling of induction
motors using relays and timer circuits; Preparing relay
circuit wiring diagram and implementing practically to
control the motor; controlling of motor forward reverse
rotation using push buttons interlocking with relays and
contactor interlocking; Automatic reversing of direction of
motor using timers.

142
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

▪ Starting of ac motors
▪ DOL starting
▪ Reversal of direction of motor rotation.
▪ Using push button interlocking
▪ Using contactor interlocking (interchanging phase
terminals)
▪ Star delta starting
▪ Resistance starting
▪ Autotransformer starting

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Workshop Practice
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System
Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
References:
1. Alex Weiss: Workshop Electrics, 2001.
Literature
2. Special Interest Model Books : Dec,1998.
3. Handouts prepared by the Program .

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng3072
Course Title Electrical Workshop Practice II
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electrical Workshop
CP Credits 3CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
1 3 0 2

143
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To enable students to have practical exposure to working

Course Objectives
environment in electrical engineering.
Repair of electrical apparatus coil: Concepts of apparatus coil
and their purpose; Design of former (press board) and
apparatus coil; Winding of the apparatus coil using winding
machine; Testing of the repaired apparatus coil using
appropriate meters.
Design and winding of small power transformers:
Transformer definition purpose, properties and type;
Necessary parameters need to be considered during
transformer design; Design of sheet pack, winding coil and
winding assembly of transformer; Winding of coils (primary
Course Description/Course & secondary) using winding machine; Testing of the rewind
Contents
transformer using different testing mechanisms to check its
efficiency.
Induction motor winding (squirrel cage type): Induction
motor definition, types and their characteristics; Three phase
induction motor winding types and arrangement; Design of
three phase induction motor winding types (concentric,
mush, chain types); Winding of coils using manual winding
machine; Assembly of the winding to the stator of the motor
and finally performing all necessary tests that are done by
maintenance personnel.
Pre-requisites Electrical Machines
Semester Year 3, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Workshop Practice
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

144
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

References:
4. Alex Weiss: Workshop Electrics, 2001.
Literature 5. Special Interest Model Books : Dec,1998.
6. Handouts prepared by the Program .

15.8. Electronics Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module [08]
Number

Justification of the module

• Introduce the students to semiconductor devices, synthesis and

analysis of analog and digital electronics.

Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module

Rationale and
objective of the • Introduce students to the basic concepts of Semiconductor
module
Devices.
• Introduce Bipolar Junction Transistors, Field Effect Transistors,
and Multistage Amplifiers.
• Understand the design of Amplifiers, Oscillators, Digital
electronics

Total CP of the
60 Credit Point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng3081 Applied Electronics I 5
EEng3083 Applied Electronics I Lab 3
EEng3082 Applied Electronics II 5
EEng3086 Applied Electronics II Lab 3

145
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

EEng5081 VLSI Design 5

EEng4083 PCB Design Technology 5
EEng4088 Integrated Circuit Technology 5
EEng4082 Microelectronic Devices and Circuits 5
EEng5087 Analog System Design 5
EEng5083 Digital System Design 5
EEng5082 Power Electronics Technology and Applications 5
EEng4086 Principles of Electronics Design 5
EEng5084 Optoelectronics * 5
EEng5089 High Frequency Electronics Devices and Systems * 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng3081
Course Title Applied Electronics I
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
After successful completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
• Discuss the physical structure and operation principle
Course Objectives of Semiconductor Diodes, BJTs, and FETs.
• Know biasing techniques for BJTs & FETs.
• Describe frequency response of BJTs & FETs.
• Analyze Multistage Amplifiers.

This course introduces students the characteristics and

applications of electronic devices and circuits such as
semiconductor diodes, Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs),
Course Description
Field Effect Transistors (FETs). It is intended for students
who took the Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering or
equivalent.

146
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Basic Semiconductor Theory

• Atomic Theory
• Semiconductor Materials and Their
Types
• PN Junction
Semiconductor Diodes
• Characteristics of Semiconductor
Diode
• Analysis of Diode Circuits
• Diode Rectifier Circuits
• Applications of Diode Circuits
Bipolar Junction Transistors
• Physical Structure and Principle of
Operation of BJTs
• BJT Configurations and Characteristics
Course Contents • DC Analysis of BJT Circuits
• Biasing Methods of BJTs
• BJT Amplifiers:
• Small Signal Analysis and Models
• Common BJT Amplifier Circuits
• Frequency Response of BJT
Amplifiers
Field Effect Transistors
• Introduction
• Types of FET; JFET and MOSFET
• Physical Structure, Principle of
Operation and characteristics
• DC Analysis
• Biasing Methods
• Small Signal Analysis and Models
• Frequency response of FET amplifiers

147
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Multistage Amplifiers
• Coupling methods
• Analysis of gain and other parameters
• Frequency response
Pre-requisites EEng-1082: Fundamental of Electrical Engineering.
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, Tutorials, assignments and exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
1. Donald A. Neamen, Microelectronics Circuit
Analysis and Design 4th Ed.
References:
1. Adel Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic
Circuits.
Literature 2. Robert L. Boylestad, Luis Nashelsky, Electronic
Devices and Circuit Theory 7th Ed.
3. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits.
4. Jacob Millman, Microelectronics: Analog and Digital
circuits and Systems.
5. Albert Paul Malivino, Electronic Principles.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3082

Course Title Applied Electronics II
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

148
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

After successful completion of this course, the students will

be able to:
• Understand the basic concept of feedback and its
application.
• Analyze small signal characteristics of differential
amplifiers.
Course Objectives • Understand the characteristics of op-amps and its
applications.
• Know the design and operation of the basic wave
shaping circuits.
• Understand the concept of power amplifiers and
analyze the classifications.

This course introduces students with basic feedback theory

and its application in electronic circuits (like feedback
amplifiers), simple introduction about differential amplifiers
Course Description and detailed analysis and application of operational
amplifiers. It also provides an in-depth insight into different
kinds of wave shaping circuits and oscillators. It is intended
for students who took Applied Electronics I or equivalent.
Feedback in Amplifiers
• Basic Feedback Concepts
• Representation of Feedback in Amplifiers
• Topologies of feedback amplifiers
• Analysis of each feedback topology
Course Contents • Effect of feedback on different parameters
Differential Amplifiers
• Introduction
• Response for differential and common mode
inputs
• Small signal analysis

149
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Common mode rejection ratio

Operational Amplifiers
• Introduction to OPAmps
• Characteristics of ideal and practical OPAmps
• Applications of OPAmps
Wave Shaping Circuits
• Comparator
• Schmitt Trigger
• Timer (the 555 Timer)
• Multivibrators (Astable, Bistable, and
Monostable)
• Oscillators
Power Amplifiers
• Classification, Analysis and Efficiency
• Push Pull Amplifiers
• Distortion and Thermal effects

Pre-requisites Applied Electronics I

Semester Year 3, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, Tutorials, Assignments and Exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Attendance Requirements
Textbook:
1. Donald A. Neamen, Microelectronics Circuit
Analysis and Design 4th Ed.
Literature
References:
1. Adel Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith,
Microelectronic Circuits.

150
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2. Robert L. Boylestad, Luis Nashelsky,

Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory 7th Ed.
3. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits.
4. Jacob Millman, Microelectronics: Analog and
Digital circuits and Systems.
5. Albert Paul Malivino, Electronic Principles.

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng3083
Course Title Applied Electronics I Lab
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 3 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
s
0 3 0 3
Course Objectives After successful completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
▪ Construct simple PN junction diode circuits and understand its
I-V Characteristics.
▪ Build diode application circuits: half-wave rectifiers, full-wave
rectifiers, voltage regulators, logic gates, and diode clippers
using normal diodes and Zener diodes.
▪ Build a BJT based circuit and measure its parameters.
▪ Construct a BJT amplifier and compute its gain, plot frequency
response.
▪ Understand how simulation is done using Multisim.
Course Description This course introduces practical applications of electronic devices
and circuits such as semiconductor diodes (normal diodes Zener

151
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

diodes), and Transistors (Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs), Field

Effect Transistors (FETs)). It is intended for students who took
Applied Electronics I course and Applied Electronics Lab.
Course Contents Lab 1: Diode I-V Characteristics
Lab 2: Half-Wave and Full-Wave Rectification
Lab 3: Zener Diode Voltage Regulator
Lab 4: Diode Logic Gates and Diode Clippers
Lab 5: I-V Characteristics of BJT Common-Emitter Configuration
Lab 6: BJT Small Signal Amplifier
Lab 7: Frequency Response of BJT Amplifier
Lab 8: Introduction to Multisim
Lab 9: MOSFET I-V Characteristics
Lab 10: Simulation of a BJT Amplifier Using Multisim Virtual
Instruments

Pre-requisites Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Lab

Semester Year III / Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & learning Methods Laboratory Exercise
Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of classes and 100% laboratory
Literature Textbook:
▪ Donald A. Neamen, Microelectronics Circuit Analysis and
Design 4th Ed.
References:
▪ Adel Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits.
▪ Robert L. Boylestad, Luis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and
Circuit Theory 7th Ed.
▪ Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits.
▪ Jacob Millman, Microelectronics: Analog and Digital circuits
and Systems.

152
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

▪ Albert Paul Malivino, Electronic Principles.

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng3086
Course Title Applied Electronics II Lab
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 3 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
s
0 3 0 3
Course Objectives After successful completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
▪ Build a small signal amplifier and measure its parameters.
▪ Construct op-amps circuits (inverting amplifier, non-inverting
amplifier, summing amplifier and difference amplifier,
integrator, and differentiator) using LM741 op-amp.
▪ Build wave shaping circuits: Comparators, Schmitt triggers
Multivibrators, and Oscillators using LM741 op-amp and 555
Timer.
Course Description This course introduces practical applications of BJTs as an amplifier
and op-amps in being used as amplifiers and doing mathematical
operations. This laboratory course also let students build wave
shaping circuits: Comparators, Schmitt triggers Multivibrators, and
Oscillators using LM741 op-amp and 555 Timer. It is intended for
students who took Applied Electronics II course and Electrical
Engineering Lab II.
Course Contents Lab 1: Small Signal Amplifier
Lab 2: (negative)Feedback Amplifier and Voltage Follower

153
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Lab 3: Inverting Op-Amp

Lab 4: Non-Inverting Op-Amp and Voltage Follower
Lab 5: Summing and Difference Amplifiers
Lab 6: Integrator and Differentiator Circuits
Lab 7: Comparator Circuits
Lab 8: Schmitt Trigger Circuits
Lab 9: Monostable & Astable Multivibrators
Lab 10: Wien Bridge and RC Phase Shift Oscillators
Pre-requisites Applied Electronics I, Applied Electronics I Lab
Semester Year III / Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & learning Methods Laboratory Exercise
Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of classes 100% laboratory
Literature Textbook:
▪ Donald A. Neamen, Microelectronics Circuit Analysis and
Design 4th Ed.
References:
▪ Adel Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits.
▪ Robert L. Boylestad, Luis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and
Circuit Theory 7th Ed.
▪ Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits.
▪ Jacob Millman, Microelectronics: Analog and Digital circuits
and Systems.
▪ Albert Paul Malivino, Electronic Principles.

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

154
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number EEng5081

Course Title VLSI Design
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Microcomputer & Networking
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutoria Home study
Contact Hours (per week) l
2 0 3 5
After successful completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
• Understand the operation of MOS transistors
and its characteristics.
• Know the implementation of basic logic gates
Course Objectives using CMOS transistors.
• Implement some combinational and sequential
circuits using VHDL.
• Understand the basic concept of VLSI design
methodology.

This course introduces students with the basics of VLSI

design. It starts by introducing the MOS transistor, its
operation and how it is used in designing an IC. The course
then continues with how to build combinational and sequential
Course Description
circuits and memory. It also includes CMOS circuit
characterization and simulation, gate level design of a digital
system using VHDL. It is intended for students who took
Applied Electronics-II (Eeng3101) or equivalent.
MOS Transistor Theory
• Introduction
• Ideal I-V Characteristics
Course Contents
• Non-ideal I-V Characteristics
• DC Transfer Characteristics
• CMOS Logic

155
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Circuit Characterization
• Delay Estimation
• Power Dissipation
• Interconnect
CMOS Combinational Circuits
• Static CMOS
• Dynamic CMOS
• Ratioed Circuits
• Pass Transistor Circuits
CMOS Sequential Circuits
• Sequential Static Circuits
• Sequential Dynamic Circuits
• Latches, Flip-flops
• Semiconductor Memory: SRAM,
DRAM, ROM

Pre-requisites EEng 3082: Applied Electronics II

Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, Laboratory Practice, Assignments and Exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 80 % of the classes
Textbook:
1. Neil H.E. Weste, David Harris, CMOS VLSI
design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective,
4th Ed.
Literature References:
1. Wayne Wolf, Modern VLSI Design: IP Based
Design.
2. John F. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles
and Practices.

156
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. R. Jacob Baker, Harry W Li, David E. Boyce,

CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and
Simulation.
4. Brown, Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital
Logic Design with VHDL.
5. Charles H. Roth. Jr., Fundamentals of Logic
Design.
6. Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan and
Borivoje Nikolic: Digital Integrated Circuits –
A Design Perspective, Prentice Hall, 2002.
7. Peter J. Ashenden, The VHDL Cookbook, 1st
Ed, 1990.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng4083
Course Title PCB Design Technology
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
.Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 0 5
After successful completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
● Outline a process through which printed circuit
boards (PCBs) may be produced using the PCB
design and fabrication tools.
Course Objectives
● Acquire the knowledge and practical skill
needed to design and produce PCB.
● Understand why traditional design
methodologies do not meet the challenges for
next generation submicron PCB design.

157
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

As geometries continue to shrink and switching speeds

increase, designing electromagnetic systems and PCBs to meet
the required signal integrity and electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) specifications has become more challenging. After an
overview of standards and existing technology, the course
Course Description discusses the various engineering functions involved in PCB
design and manufacturing. Specific issues are addressed in the
areas of manufacturing and assembly, before moving on to
PCB testing and quality assurance. The course addresses the
potential pollution and safety impacts of PCB manufacturing,
as well as applicable standards.
Introduction to the PCB
• Definition and Evolution of PCB
• Purpose of a PCB
• Typical development flow of PCB
• PCB problems and root causes
Printed Circuit Technology
• Basic electronic components
• Resisters, Capacitors, Inductors, Diodes
Course Contents
• Transistors, Relays, Connecters
• Integrated Circuits: How a silicon wafer
becomes an IC
• PCB characteristics
• PCB Materials
• Fillers, Resins, Laminators
• Base material characteristics
• Dielectrics, Conductor

158
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Design and Analysis

• Design and environmental Requirements
• Functional
• Thermal
• Vibration, Shock
• EMI/EMC
• Electrical and Mechanical Considerations
• Signal integrity, current carrying capacity
• CAD, Schematics, layout rules of thumb.
• Panels, Standard Board sizes, packaging
Manufacturing
• PCB manufacturing information
• PCB layout and artwork
• Fabrication
• Machining operations
• Laminating techniques
• Plating, Etching, Surface finishing
• Conformal coatings
• Inspection and check out
• Specifications and standards
Assembly
• PCB assembly component considerations
• Component mounting and support
• Mechanical devices
• Soldering technology
• Cleaning
Testing
• Common PCB production faults
• Bare board testing
• Electrical performance testing
• Assembled PCB testing

159
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Pre-requisites EEng3052: Electrical Materials and Technology

Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Textbook:
1. Jan Axelson, “Making Printed Circuit Boards”
References:
1. John R. Barnes, Electronic Apparatus and
Appliances, 2004.
2. Bruce Archambeault, PCB Design for Real
Literature World EMI Control.
3. Mark I. Montrose, EMC and the printed circuit
board.
4. Simon Monk, Make Your Own PCBs with
EAGLE: From Schematic Designs to Finished
Boards.
5. R. S. Khandpur, Printed Circuit Boards.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng4088
Course Title Integrated Circuit Technology
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Microcomputer & Networking
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
. Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 0 5

160
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

After successful completion of the course, the students will be

able to: -
• Know the practical and fundamental limits to
the evolution of the technology of modern
MOS devices and interconnects
• Understand how modern devices and circuits
Course Objectives are fabricated and what future changes are
likely.
• Explain advanced techniques and models of
devices and back-end processing
• Know future structures and materials to
maintain progress in integrated electronics

This course focuses on developing the skill set needed to

design structures and processes for the optimum performance
of micro-structural and electronic components. Students will
Course Description
learn to integrate advanced process techniques, use simulation
tools, to perform and infer electrical measurements on devices
fabricated as part of the laboratories.
Wafer Preparation
• Introduction to silicon,
• Crystal defects
• Silicon Substrate Preparation Process,
Czochralski Crystal Growth Process
• Silicon Wafer Preparation
Course Contents
• Wafer Polishing and Cleaning
Introduction to IC Technology
• Integrated circuit manufacturing overview,
• Evolution of IC
• Moore’s Law
• Linear IC and Digital IC

161
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Monolithic IC
• Thin and Thick Film IC and Hybrid or Multi-
chip IC
Monolithic IC Technology
• Manufacturing process of Monolithic Ic’s,
• Epitaxial growth
• Oxidation
• Photolithography
• Diffusion
• Metallization
• Circuit Probing, Scribing and separating into
chips,
• Mounting and packaging, Encapsulation
Fabrication of Components
• Introduction to Manufacturing process of
Diode
• Resistors and Transistors
• Substrate or vertical PNP
• Lateral or Horizontal PNP
• Triple Diffused PNP
Monolithic Device Elements
• Introduction to Manufacturing process of
MOSFET Devices,
• Classification of MOSFET,
• Comparison of BJT with MOSFET,
• Comparison of NMOS and PMOS,
• Manufacturing process of MOSFET,
• CMOS Fabrication Technology

Pre-requisites EEng3052 Electrical Materials and Technology

Semester Year 4, Semester II

162
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Textbook:
1. Plummer, Deal & Griffin, Silicon VLSI
Technology: Fundamentals, Practice and
Modeling.
References:
1. “Microelectronics: digital and analog circuits
and systems, J. Millman, McGrew Hill, 1979.

Literature 2. Adel Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith,

Microelectronic Circuits.
3. Robert L. Boylestad, Luis Nashelsky,
Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory 7th Ed.
4. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits.
5. Jacob Millman, Microelectronics: Analog and
Digital circuits and Systems.
6. Albert Paul Malivino, Electronic Principles.

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng4082
Course Title Microelectronic Devices and Circuits
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home
s study

163
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2 0 3 5
Course Objectives After successful completion of the course, the students will be
able to: -
● Understand the basic concepts realization of
microelectronic devices and circuits;
● Study cases of microelectronic systems;
● Be able to effectively participate in microelectronic
applications, selection, modification, purchase, and
production to meet the market/social demands
Course Description Modeling of microelectronic devices, basic microelectronic
circuit analysis and design, physical electronics of
semiconductor junction and MOS devices, relation of electrical
behavior to internal physical processes, development of circuit
models, understanding and limitations of various models,
understanding the basic principles of optical devices.
Course Contents 1. Basic Microelectronic concepts
● Overview of P-N junction diode models, BJT and FET
transistors
● JFET transistor characteristics and operation
2. MOSFETs
● NMOS and PMOS transistor structures characteristics
and operation.
● NMOS and PMOS design
3. Simulation tools concepts: - Design and simulation
exercises
4. Design of rectifier circuits and computer aided analysis
5. PNPN structures and power transistors: - SCR, Thyristors,
UJTs
6. Introduction to optical devices: -Photo-diodes, Photo
transistors and Solar cells
Semester Year IV/ Semester II

164
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & learning Lecture, Tutorials, assignments and exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbook:
Howe, R. T., and C. G. Sodini. Microelectronics: An
Integrated Approach. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall,
1996. ISBN: 0135885183. References:
● Fonstad, C. G. Microelectronic Devices and Circuits.
New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, 1994. ISBN:
0070214964.
● Sedra, A. S., and K. C. Smith. Microelectronic Circuits.
4th ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 1998.
ISBN: 0195116631.
● Pierret, R. F. Semiconductor Device Fundamentals.
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1995. ISBN:
0201543931.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Code EEng5085

Course Title Optoelectronics

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Communication Systems Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
week) 2 0 3 5

165
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

On successful completion of this course the students will be able to

● understand basic laws and phenomena in the area of
Optoelectronics.
● Apply the theoretical knowledge and skills acquire in
Course Objectives Optoelectronics
● Understand the basic optoelectronics including electromagnetism,
light propagation in waveguides, light amplification and detection,
lasers, modulators, and detectors.
● Be familiar with recent trends in optoelectronics.
1. Photons In Semiconductors:- Introduction, Energy Bands and
Course
Charge Carriers, Semiconducting Materials, Electron and Hole
Description/Course
Concentrations, Generation, Recombination, and Injection,
Contents
Junctions and Heterostructures, Quantum Confinement,
Interactions of Photons With Electrons And Holes.
2. Laser and Optical Amplifications:- Photons and Matter, Energy
levels, Interactions of photons and atoms, Spontaneous and
stimulated Emission, and Gain, Laser oscillation theory, Laser
types, Optical Amplifiers, Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers,
Fiber Amplifiers.
3. Semiconductor Photon Sources:- Light-Emitting Diodes,
Semiconductor Laser Amplifiers, Semiconductor Injection Lasers,
Gain Guided Lasers, Index-Guided Lasers, Quantum-Well And
Quantum Dot Lasers, Distributed Feedback Lasers, Tunable Laser
Diode.
4. Semiconductor Photon Detectors:- General characteristics,
Photoconductors, PIN diodes, APD, Photo transistor, CCDs,
photomultiplier tube, solar cells, noises in photodetectors.
5. Photonic Integrated Circuits(PIC):- Some Integrated
Photonic Devices, Beam Splitters, Directional Couplers, Electra-
Optic Modulators, Switches, All-Optical Switches, Bistable
Optical

166
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Devices, Optical Interconnections, Optical Computing.

167
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

6. Introduction to IR and applications:- IR spectrum, Distinguish

between (UV, visible, near-IR, mid-IR, longwear-IR, far-IR, and
terahertz) optodevices, IR imaging(camera), Describe thermal
images, IR applications.

Pre-requisites Prerequisite: Electromagnetic Wave, Applied Electronics

Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, tutorials, demonstrations, Exercises and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Exams, Quiz‟s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
& Grading System evaluation
Attendance A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Requirements
[1] S. O. Kasap, “Optoelectronics and Photonic Principles and
Practice”, Prentice Hall, 2001
[2] John Wilson, John Hawkes, “Optoelectronics, an Introduction”,
3rd ed, Prentice Hall, 1998
[3] Coldren, Corzine, “Diode Lasers and Photonic Integrated
References
Circuits”, Wiley-Interscience, 1995
[4] P. Bhattacharya, “Semiconductor Optoelectronic Devices”, 2nd
ed, Prentice Hall, 2002
[5] Singh, “Optoelectronics: An Introduction to Materials and
Devices”, McGraw-Hill, 1996

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng4086
Course Title Principles of Electronics Design
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

168
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home
s study
2 0 3 5
Course Objectives ● To model, describe and understand the electrical and
physical properties of electronic components
● To develop hands on experience on ECAD tools
● To appreciate time to market problems and get
acquaintance with ECAD front end tools
Course Description Electronic Computer Aided Design; Electrical and physical
model of electronic components, analog, digital and mixed
signal simulation, laboratory exercises using popular packages
and platforms, single and multilayer PCB design, introduction
to back end tools for floor planning layout and routing
Course Contents ● Introduction to ECAD (Electronic Computer Aided Design)
● Modeling devices and circuits’ responses. Approximate
Modeling of digital circuits with delay, transient analysis
● Simulation of various circuits and systems, simulation
algorithms
● SPICE: - Design of analog circuits using SPICE: DC
operating point, transient analysis, frequency response
● VHDL: - Digital circuits described in hardware description
Languages, design of digital logic in VHDL, simulation,
timing diagram, layout, routing and synthesis, Lab
exercises on FPGA
● Introduction to back end ECAD tools
Semester Year IV / Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & learning Lecture, Tutorials, assignments, and exercises
Methods

169
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.

Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbook:
References:
● A VHDL Primer by J. Bhaskar; Pub: Pearson Education
Asia;
● Kraig Mitzner, Complete PCB Design Using OrCAD
capture, …
● Luis Scheffer, et al, “EDA for IC, Taylor and Francis
Publishers
● SPICE user guide and reference by Michael B. Steer
● Xilinx ISE14 Software Manuals

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng5083
Course Title Digital System Design
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home
s study
2 0 3 5
Course Objectives The course aims to equip students with the basics of logic
design,
hardware description language and logic synthesis tools. And
help them develop technical skills to design, simulate, analyze
and verify complex digital circuits.

Course Description This course focuses on practical applications of advanced

digital design concepts. The course is focused around

170
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

significant projects to be implemented on Programmable logic

devices; however, many of the design concepts will also apply
to ASIC designs.
Course Contents ● Review of digital design concepts
● VHDL Modeling of Sequential Machines.
● High speed digital design
● Logic Synthesis: Two Level, Multi-level minimization.
● Floor planning and optimization
● Practical experiments on Programmable Logic devices
● Test and verification methods
Semester Year V / Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & learning Lectures, tutorials, lab demonstration project & assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbook:
● Fundamentals of digital logic with VHDL Design, 2nd
Edition, McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., by Stephen
Brown and Zvonko Vranesic
References:
● Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Systems, McGraw
Hill, Giovanni de Micheli, 1994
● VHDL: Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems,
McGraw Hill, Z. Navabi, 1997

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng5087
Course Title Analog System Design

171
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home
s study
2 0 3 5
Course Objectives The course concentrates on analog CMOS integrated circuit
Design
• The students will be able to understand details of MOS
amplifiers, current mirrors, frequency generators and
high-speed techniques.
• The students will have a sound understanding of the
design and analysis of advanced analog electronic circuits
and systems
Course Description The course aims to further advance understanding of the
principles of operations of electronic circuits and their basic
design procedures.
Course Contents • Review of analog design principles
• MOS Amplifiers, frequency response stability and
compensation
• Current mirrors and repeaters
• Controlled oscillators, PLLs, PFDs, etc
• ADCs/ DACs, Modulators/Demodulators, etc.
Semester Year V / Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & learning Lectures, tutorials, lab demonstration project & assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbook:

172
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

● Design of Analog CMOS Integrated circuits, McGraw-

Hill, Behzad Razavi
References:
● CMOS Analog circuit design, Oxford University Press,
by Philip E. Allen and Douglas R. Holberg
● Analog Circuit Design Techniques at 0.5 v, Springer
Science Business Media, LLC, Shouri Chatterjee

Program of Electrical Engineering

Bahir Dar University, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code EEng5088
Course Title High Frequency Electronic Devices and Systems (*)
Degree Program B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electronics
CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home
s study
2 0 3 5
Course Objectives ● Model and design high frequency circuits and systems, RF
and microwave circuits, monolithic microwave integrated
circuits, …
● Appreciate the use of microwave devices and systems that
they come across in their carriers and daily life.
● Gain knowledge and understanding of the working
principles of different types of waveguides
● Understand and use the basic microwave devices and
Systems (both classical and modern)
Course Description The course mainly deals with the fundamentals of EM waves
and their properties in electronic devices, mostly passive and
partly active microwave devices & systems and their

173
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

application in high frequency electronic systems and

components, to be able to design and simulate high frequency
electronic circuits
Course Contents • EM theory of vector differential operators
• Maxwell equations in differential and integral forms
• Introduction to Microwave Circuits and devices
• Review of Network Parameters and Transmission Line
Theory
• The Scattering Parameters
• Impedance Matching
• Passive Microwave Components and Networks
• Introduction to Active Microwave Devices
• Design and development of HF circuits on PCB
Semester Year V / Semester I
Status of Course Elective
Teaching & learning Lecture, Tutorials, assignments, and exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation As per BiT Academic Regulation.
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbook:
• Harold Kolimbiris, “Fibre Optics Communications,”
First Edition, 2004, Prentice Hall, latest edition
References:
• John M. Senior, “Optical Fibre Communications:
Principles and Practice”, Prentice Hall, latest edition

15.9. Signal Processing and Analysis Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

174
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Module Number [09]

Justification of the module
• Introduce and develop the concept of discrete-time signal processing
for signal analysis and design of passive and active electric networks
and filters.
• Enlighten students the modern trends in digital signal processing and
machine learning.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
Rationale and
objective of the • Enable students to understand and apply the representation,
module classification, characterization and analysis of signals and systems in
time and frequency domains.
• Understand and apply the techniques of modelling, analysis, design and
synthesis of 1- and 2- port passive and active electric networks and
filters in a classical and a modern approach.
• Understand statistical digital signal processing and machine learning
techniques and apply to solve the real world problems.
Total CP of the
20 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng3091 Signals and Systems Analysis 5
EEng3092 Network Analysis and Synthesis 5
EEng4091 Digital Signal Processing 5
EEng5093 Statistical DSP and Machine Learning 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3091

Course Title Signal and Systems Analysis
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Signal Processing and Analysis Module
CP Credits 5 CP

175
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study

Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
Enable student to understand and apply the representation,
Course Objectives classification, characterization and analysis of signals and systems
in time and frequency domains

1. Introduction

• Overview of Signals and Systems; Signal Classification;

Some Basic Signals; Elementary Operations on signal;
System Properties; Signal Approximation (Orthogonal/
orthonormal and basis functions; error to signal energies
ratio).

2. Time Domain Representations for Linear Time-

Invariant (LTI) Systems

• Convolution: Impulse Response Representation for LTI

systems
Course Description/Course o Convolution sum
Contents o Convolution integral
• Properties of Impulse Response Representation for LTI
systems
○ Memory less systems
○ Causal systems
○ Stable systems
○ Invertible systems and deconvolution
○ Step response
○ Sinusoidal steady state response
• Differential and Difference Equation Representations for
LTI Systems
○ Solving differential and difference equations

176
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. Fourier Analysis of Continuous and Discrete-

Time Signals and Systems

• Introduction to Fourier Analysis

• Fourier Series Representation of Periodic Signals
○ Trigonometric & exponential Fourier series,
frequency and power spectrums, error to signal
energies ratio.
• Fourier Transforms and Inverse Transforms
○ Properties, energy spectrum, transform theorems,
system functions.
• The Sampling Theorem
○ Ideal and real sampling, Nyquist rate.

4. Laplace Transformation
• Introduction to Laplace Transformation
• Properties and Theorems of the Laplace Transform
• The Inverse Laplace transforms
○ The Inverse Laplace transforms integral
○ Partial fraction expansion
○ Alternate method of partial fraction expansion
• Solving Differential Equations Using Initial Conditions

5. Z-Transform:

• Introduction and Special Forms of the Z Transform

• Properties and Theorems of the Z Transform
• The Inverse Z Transform
○ Partial fraction
○ Inversion integral
○ Long division of Polynomials
• Transform Analysis of LTI systems

177
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• The Transfer Function of Discrete −Time Systems

• State Equations for Discrete−Time Systems

Applications of Z-Transform
Pre-requisites Applied Mathematics III
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Teaching & Learning
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System
Engineering
Programs
”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, “Signals and Systems”, 2nd edition

References:
1. Roberts: Signals and Systems: Analysis using Transform
Methods and MATLAB, MJ, International Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Signals and Systems, Second Edition, Simon Haykin and
Literature
Barry Van Veen, John, Wiley & Sons, 2003
3. Philip Denbigh: System Analysis and Signal, 1988.
4. Processing with emphasis on the use of matlab, Prentice
Hall; 1st edition , February 3, 1998
5. Budak: Passive and Active Network Analysis and
Synthesis, Houghton Mifflin, 1974.
6. Hazony: Elements of Network Synthesis, Reinhold, 1963.

178
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3092

Course Title Network Analysis and Synthesis
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Signal Processing and Analysis Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• Understand and apply the techniques of modeling, analysis,
design and synthesis of 1- and 2- port passive and active
Course Objectives
electric networks and filters in a classical and a modern
approach
• Introduction to network analysis and synthesis
Networks and their developmental stages; analysis,
design and analysis concepts;
• Network transform representation and analysis
Analysis of first and second order circuits;
transformed network equations and analysis;
• Elements of realizability theory
Causality and stability - time and frequency domain
Course Description/Course criterions; restrictions on pole-zero locations of dp
Contents
and transfer functions;
• Synthesis of dp functions (one port networks)
Elementary synthesis procedures; removal of
minimum resistance/conductance;
• Two port networks
Z -, Y-, H-, and ABCD parameters; relationship
among 2port parameters; parallel, series, and cascade
interconnections;

179
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Synthesis of transfer functions (two port networks)

Auxiliary functions - transmission and reflection
coefficients; terminated two port networks
• Active network synthesis
Active network building blocks; synthesis of active
networks;
• Filter types, specifications and classical syntheses
techniques Filter categorization and specification;
classical filter design techniques - image parameter
technique, constant- k filters, m-derived filters, composite
filters
• Modern technique of passive filter synthesis
Modern techniques; synthesis of high pass (HP), band
pass
(BP) & band rejection (BR) filters
• Synthesis of active filters
Active filters - merits & demerits with respect to passive
filters; active filter structures and ; transformation of passive
RLC filters into active realization

Pre-requisites EEng-2122: Signal and Systems Analysis

Semester Year 3, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Teaching & Learning
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

180
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Textbooks:
1. Mac E. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, Prentice
Hall College :3rd edition 1974.
2. Sudhakar ,A and Shyammohan Tata: Circuits and
Network Analysis and Synthesis, McGraw Hill New
Delhi: 1994.
References:
1. Linear Network Theory by Norman Balabanian and
Theodore Bickart, Matrix Publishers, 1981, and
Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits by Sergio Franco, McGraw-Hill,
1988.
Literature
2. Analog Filter Design by M. E. Van Valkenburg, Holt,
Rhinehart & Winston, 1982.
3. Kuh and Pederson: Principles of Circuit Synthesis,
McGraw-Hill, 1959.
4. Weinberg: Network Analysis and Synthesis, McGraw-
Hill, 1962.
5. Filter Design for Signal Processing using MATLAB
and
Mathematica, Miroslav D Lutovac, Dejan V. Tosic,
Brian
L. Evans, Prentice Hall, 1st, Edition (September 6,
2000).

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EENG5093

Course Title Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Machine Learning
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Signal Processing and Analysis

181
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
3 3 0 4

• Learn the theory and key algorithms used in Statistical

Digital Signal Processing and Machine Learning.
• Get hands-on Statistical DSP and Machine Learning
experience by implementing several algorithms and
Course Objectives
analyze their performance.
• Understand how to apply Statistical DSP and Machine
Learning methods to real world problems by
completing a project.

The course, Statistical DSP and Machine Learning aims to

enlighten undergraduate students about how a state of the art
technologies (Intelligent Systems) work like modern
communication transceivers, self-driving cars, speech

Course Description recognition systems (Apple's Siri, Hey-google,..), face and

fingerprint recognition capabilities of modern smartphones
etc. Above all, it provides theoretical and hands-on Statistical
DSP and Machine Learning experience so that students can
design and implement their own intelligent systems by
completing a project.
1. Introduction
1.1. Basic Concepts
• What is Machine Learning
• Supervised versus Unsupervised
Course Contents • Regression versus Classification
• Differences in Regression, Interpolation and
Fourier Analysis
1.2. Statistical Digital Signal Processing
1.3. Applications (Demo)

182
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2. Regression and Regularization

2.1 Linear Regression with One

Variable

2.2 Linear Regression with Multiple

Variable
2.3 Logistic Regression
2.4 Regularization
• Regularized Linear Regression
• Regularized Logistic Regression
2.5 Machine Learning System Design
• Basic Concepts
• Accuracy and Error Analysis
• Classifier Combination
• Large Scale Machine Learning
3. Fundamentals of Signal Detection and Estimation
3.1 Statistical Parameter Estimation
• Classical
• Bayesian
3.2 Statistical Signal Detection
• Neyman Pearson
• Bayesian
4. Dimensionality Reduction

5.1 Introduction: Hughes effect

5.2 Feature Reduction by selection

● Separability measure
● Search strategies

5.3 Feature Reduction by Transformation

183
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

● Principal Component Analysis

● Linear Discriminant Analysis

5. Artificial Neural Network (ANN)

5.1 Introduction
• Biological neural network
• ANN Model Representation
5.2 Feed Forward ANN
• Perceptron NN
• Multilayer NN
• Introduction to Deep NN

5.3 Learning in Artificial Neural Networks

• Decision Regions
• Parameter Initializations
• Gradient Descent
• Back-propagation Algorithm

6. Unsupervised Learning

4.1 Introduction

4.2 K-means Clustering

7. Case Studies

7.1 Image Processing Based applications

7.2 Text and Speech Processing Based applications

7.3 Tools and data: tba

7.4 Deliverables

● project report (review, design, test and result)

● Demonstration

184
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Pre-requisites Digital Signal Processing, Probability and

Random Process
Semester Year 5, Semester I

Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Experiments, projects and Assignments

Methods

Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for

Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Literature Textbooks:
● Steven M. Kay, “Fundamental of Statistical
Signal Processing”, Vol. I&II.
● Gavin Hackeling, “Mastering Machine
Learning with scikit-learn”, Second Edition.
● Richard O. Duda, “Pattern Classification”,
2nd edition.
References:
● Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A
Probabilistic Perspective”, The MIT press
● Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern
Recognition and Machine Learning”, 2006.
● Trevor Hastie, “The Elements of Statistical
Learning”, 2nd edition.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Institute of
Technology

Course Number EEng4091

Course Title Digital Signal Processing
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

185
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Signal processing and Analysis

CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week) Laboratory
2 0 3 5
• Introduce students to methods of discrete-time signals
and systems representation and analysis
• Introduce design methods and realization structures of

Course Objectives discrete-time systems.

• Introduce signal processing applications using signal
processing development kits for a chosen DSP chip
• Introduce simulation using MATLAB.
Introduction to digital signal processing, sampling and
quantization, A/D and D/A converters, discrete-time
systems convolution, z-transforms, digital filter
Course Description realizations, fast Fourier transforms, digital filter design,
decimation and interpolation, random signals, and some
applications.

Discrete-Time Signals and Systems

Review of Discrete-time signals and analysis
Discrete time systems
• Linear Convolution and its property
• Linearity, Stability, Causality, Time-Invariance
Course Contents • Correlation of Discrete time signals and their
applications
Z-transform analysis and Discrete-time Systems
• Review of Z -Transform of Discrete-Time
Signals
• Analysis of LTI Discrete-Time Systems in
Z- Domain
• Stability Analysis

186
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• System Response to its Inputs Using

System Function
• The One Sided-Z Transform and Its
properties.
• Solutions of Difference Equations.
• Response of Pole-Zero Systems with
Nonzero Initial Conditions
Frequency Domain Analysis of Discrete-Time Signals
and Systems
Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) and Its
Properties
Discrete-Time Fourier Transforms(D
• The DFT as a Linear Transformation
(W-Matrix Formulation)
• Properties of DFT
Periodicity, Linearity and symmetry
Properties
Circular Shift of sequences
Circular Convolution
Additional DFT Properties
Application of DFT
• The Discrete-Cosine Transform
(Optional)
The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Algorithms: The
Efficient Computation of DFT
• Divide and Conquer Approach to the
Computation of the DFT (FFT for
Composite-N)
• Radix-2 FFT Algorithms
• Linear Filtering Based Approach
• Applications of FFT Algorithms

187
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Design of Digital Filters

Introduction
• Characteristics of Frequency Selective
Filters
• Review of Analog Filter Approximations
• Design of FIR Filters
• Design of Linear-phase FIR Filters Using
Windows
• Design of Linear Phase FIR Filters by using
Frequency –Sampling Method
• Design of Optimum Equiripple Linear-
Phase FIR Filters
• Design of IIR Filters
• IIR Filter Design by Impulse Invariance
• IIR Filter Design by the Bilinear
Transformation
Frequency Transformations in Digital Domain
Digital Filter Realizations
Application of DSP

Pre-requisites EEng2122 Signals and Systems Analysis

Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, lab Exercises and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

188
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Reference Books:
• A. Oppenheim and Schafer, "Discrete-time Signal
Processing" Prentice Hall.
• S. J. Orfanidis, "Introduction to Signal Processing';
Prentice Hall
• J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, "Introduction to
Literature
Digital Signal Processing" Macmilan Publishing
Company.
• V. K. Ingle and J. G. Proakis, "Digital Signal Processing
Using MatlabV.4" PWS Publishing
• Sanjit K.Mitra „Digital Signal Processing‟, A Computer
Based Approach, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1998.

15.10. Programming and Artificial Intelligence

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [10]
Justification of the module
Rationale and ▪ Familiarize students with components of computers
objective of the ▪ Define common terminologies used in programming
module ▪ Explain the steps, tools and technical approaches involved in
program design
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
▪ Familiarize students with components of computers
▪ Use the techniques of program design to develop programs that
solve real life problems
Utilize advanced concepts of programming to provide better solutions
Total CP of the
15 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

189
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number Course Name Cp

CoEng1102 Fundamentals of Programming 5
CoEng4102 Data Structure and Algorithm 5
CoEng4104 Artificial Intelligence 5
CoEng3101 Object Oriented Programming 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number CoEng2101

Course Title Fundamentals of Programming
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Programming
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
▪ Familiarize students with components of computers
▪ Define common terminologies used in programming
▪ Explain the steps, tools and technical approaches
involved in program design
Course Objectives
▪ Use the techniques of program design to develop
programs that solve real life problems
▪ Utilize advanced concepts of programming to provide
better solutions
▪ Brief introduction on hardware components of a
computer
▪ Algorithm and Flowchart development
▪ Variables and Expressions
Course Description/Course
Contents ▪ Control Statements
▪ Arrays and Strings
▪ Structures and Enumerated Data Types
▪ Functions and Pointers

190
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

▪ Files
▪ Graphics
Language used is C++

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 2, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by laboratory, tutorials and assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
▪ Object Oriented Programming in C++, Robert Lafore
Reference Books
▪ Programming in C and C++, Herbert Schildt
Literature
▪ Borland C++ Techniques and Utilities, Kaare Christian
▪ C++: How to program, H.M. Deitel and P.J. Deitel
▪ Problem Solving, Abstraction, and Design Using C++,
Frank L. Friedman and Elliot B.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number CoEng3101

Course Title Object Oriented Programming
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Programming and Artificial Intelligence
CP 3 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 0 5

191
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Learn the basics of syntax, data structures, input and

output, plotting, conditionals and loops, user-defined
Course Objectives functions, signal processing, curve fitting, numerical
routines, animation, and visualizations in Electrical
Engineering .

Course Description/Course
Contents

Pre-requisites None
Semester Year 3, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture, group discussion, demonstration, problem solving
Methods

Assessment/Evaluation

Attendance Requirements Students should attend at least 85% in Lecture and Tutorial
Literature

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Number CoEng4102

Course Title Data Structures and Algorithm

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Programming and Artificial Intelligence
Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
.Contact Hours (per week)
2 1 2 5

192
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

At the end of this course the students will be able to:

• Know different database models
• Understand the basic principles of database design
systems using different database models
• Appreciate the use of database system in the real world.
• Differentiate database system from file system
Course Objectives
• Design different types of databases
• Use database in their daily life
• Create databases, tables, views, triggers and indices.
• Write SQL queries and database programs
• Crate more basic database systems using different
database models
• Basics of Data Structures: Sets, Functions, and relations;
Counting Methods; Partially Ordered sets; Formal
Course Description/Course machines and languages-an introduction
Contents
• Algorithm

Pre-requisites Fundamentals of Programming

Semester Year 4, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial and laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 80 % of the classes
Textbook
• Date, J (1981). An Introduction to Database
Literature
Systems.3rd Ed. Vol.1. New Delhi. Narosa publishing
House

193
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Number CoEng4104

Course Title Artificial Intelligence
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Programming and Artificial Intelligence
Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
.Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5

Course Objectives

Course Description/Course
Contents

Pre-requisites Fundamentals of Programming

Semester Year 2, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial and laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 80 % of the classes
Textbook
Literature

194
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

15.11. Communication Systems Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [11]
Justification of the module

Rationale and • The course is designed to provide students with insight into different
objective of the modulation techniques, signal detection , error detection and correction
module
methods and transmission and reception communication systems.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
• To teach the different analog and digital linear and non-linear
modulation and demodulation techniques that are common to many
communication systems.
• Introduce students to methods of discrete-time signals and systems
representation and analysis
• To enable the student design optimum receivers and introduce them to
the theory of information and coding.
Total CP of the
15 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng4116 Introduction to communication systems 5
EEng4112 Digital Communication systems 5
EEng5122 Optical Fiber communication 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng4116

Course Title Introduction to Communication Systems
Degree Program BSc in Electrical and Computer Engineering
Module Communication Systems Module
CP Credits 5 CP

195
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study

Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• To give a strong background in communication systems
engineering.
Course Objectives • To teach the different analog and digital linear and non-linear
modulation and demodulation techniques that are common to
many communication systems.
1. Overview of Communication Systems
• Basic principles of communication systems,
• Communications system diagram,
• Frequency domain analysis of signals,
• Base band transmission techniques.
2. Analogue Modulation Techniques

● Introduction to modulation techniques,

● Linear (Amplitude)modulation techniques, AM, DSB,
SSB, VSB,
● Application of amplitude modulation,
Course Description/Course ● Non-linear (Angle) modulation techniques, PM and
Contents FM,
● Application of angle modulation.
3. Radio transmitters and receivers
● AM radio transmitters, FM transmitters,
● Receiver & Performance parameters, AM receivers,
FM receivers, Transceivers.
4. Pulse and Digital Modulation Techniques
• Sampling Techniques for Analog Modulation
Systems:
PAM, PPM, PDM
• Principle of digital data transmission

196
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• PCM Techniques and Principles

DM, ADM, DPCM
• Introduction to digital modulation techniques:
ASK, PSK, FSK
4. Introduction to Data Communication
• Introduction
• Model for data communication
• Duplexing and Multiplexing
• TDM and PCM frame structures
• Digital carrier systems and multiplexing
Pre-requisites EEng3082 Applied Electronic II
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes.
Reference Books:
• Haykin: Communication Systems
• Taub and Schilling: Principles of Communication Systems,

Literature • Simon Haykins, ' Communication Systems ', John Wiley, 4th
Edition 2001.
• A.Bruce Carlson et al, „Communication Systems, McGraw-Hill
Int., 4th Edition, 2002.

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Bahir Dar University , Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Code EEng4112

Course Title Digital Communication Systems

197
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Name Communication Systems Module
Module Code 11
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• To introduce students to digital communication systems and
its applications
• To enable students to analyze the performance of receivers
Course Objectives
in the presence of noise.
• To enable the student design optimum receivers and
introduce them to the theory of information and coding.

1. Random Processes:
Introduction, Definitions, Characterizing a Random
Process, Classification of Random Processes, Power
Spectral Density, Linear Time-Invariant (LTI) Systems
with, Random Inputs, and Engineering Applications
2. Information theory and coding: Introduction, Average
information, Entropy, Discrete memoryless channel,
Mutual information, source coding, Hartley Shannon’s
Course Description/Course theorem, bandwidth –S/N trade off, Shanon- Fano coding,
Contents
Huffman coding, Lempel Ziv Coding.
3. Digital Modulation Techniques
ASK, PSK, FSK, QPSK and QAM, Noise performance of
digital modulation techniques, Optimum receiver design
for digital modulation techniques in the presence of noise,
mitigation techniques
4. Error detection and correction
Introduction, Linear Block codes, Properties of linear
block codes, Minimum distance consideration, Cyclic

198
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

codes, Cyclic redundancy check codes, BCH codes, Reed

Solomon codes, Convolution codes.
5. Spread Spectrum Communication Systems:
introduction, types spread spectrum communication,
modeling, and design of spread spectrum communication.
Pre-requisites Introduction to Communication Systems
Semester Fourth Year, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecturers, quizzes, discussions, assignments and paper works,
Methods laboratory demonstration and simulation
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz‟s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
[1] Haykin: Communication Systems 4 edition

[2] Taub and Schilling: Principles of Communication

Systems, 2nd edition

[3] Leon W. Couch: Digital and Analog Communication

References
Systems (6th Edition)
[4] B.P. Lathi: Modern Digital and Analog Communications
Systems (The Oxford Series in Electrical and Computer
Engineering)

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Code EEng5111

Course Title Optical Fiber Communication Systems
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Communication Systems Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
3 0 2 5

199
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

On successful completion of this course the students will be

able to
• Understanding light wave generation systems,
optical fibers, and dispersion techniques.
Course Objectives • Design optical transmitter and receivers

• Analyze WDM techniques and optical amplifiers.

• Analyze dispersion compensation techniques and

be familiar with its limitation.

Driven by the increasing popularity of wireless broadband

services, future telecom systems intend to support the rapid
growth in high data rate applications with very diverse QoS
requirements for anyone, anywhere, anytime and at the
Course Description/
lowest possible cost. So, this course provides an overview of
fiber optic networking with an emphasis on system
architecture, fiber types and design steps will be analyzed
and studied.
1. Introduction to Optical Fibre Communication
Systems
Historical overview of optical fiber communications and
current importance, Light wave generation systems,
system components,
2. Optical Fibres and Transmission Characteristics
optical fibers, SI, GI fibers, modes, Dispersion in SM
fibers, limitations due to dispersion, Fiber loss, nonlinear
effects. Dispersion shifted and Dispersion flattened
fibers.

200
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. Optical Transmitters and Receivers

Basic concepts, LED‟s structures spectral
distribution, semiconductor lasers, gain coefficients,
modes, SLM and STM operation, Transmitter design,
PIN and APD diodes, noise sensitivity and degradation,
Receiver design.
4. Light Wave Systems
Coherent, homodyne and heterodyne keying formats,
BER in synchronous - and asynchronous- receivers,
sensitivity degradation, system performance,
Course Contents
Multichannel, WDM, DWDM, WDM components,
multiple access networks.
5. Light Signal Amplifiers
Basic concepts, Semiconductor laser amplifiers, Raman -
and Brillouin- fiber amplifiers, Erbium doped - fiber
amplifiers, pumping phenomenon, LAN and cascaded
in-line amplifiers.
6. Optical Fibre Link Design and Networks
Introduction, Design principles, link Design variables and
factors, los calculation and amplifier insertion, Optical
Network design.
Pre-requisites Communication Systems
Semester Year V, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, tutorials, laboratories, Exercises and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz‟s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

201
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

[6] Fiber-Optic Cornmunications Technology, Djafar K.

Mynbaev and Loweli L. Scheiner Prentice Hall, 2001
[7] Aggarwal G.P., “Fiber optic communication systems”,
2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1997.
References
[8] G.Keiser, “Optical fiber communication systems”,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.
[9] Franz & Jain, “Optical communication, Systems and
components”, Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 2000.

15.12. RF and Microwave Systems Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [12]
Justification of the module

• The course is designed to provide students with insight into the

Rationale and applications of RF transmission lines, to understand and use the basic
objective of the
module microwave devices and systems, to enable them design optimum
receivers, introduce signal processing applications using signal
processing development kits and to give a strong background in
communication systems engineering.

Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module

• To teach the different analog and digital linear and non-linear

modulation and demodulation techniques that are common to many
communication systems.
• Introduce students to methods of discrete-time signals and systems
representation and analysis
• To enable the student design optimum receivers and introduce them to
the theory of information and coding.

202
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To gain knowledge and understand the working principles of different

types of waveguides
• To be able to derive- from Maxwell's equations- the governing
equations for EM wave propagation, RF transmission lines, rectangular
waveguides and resonant cavities.

Total CP of the
15 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng4122 EM waves and guide structures 5
EEng5125 Microwave devices and systems 5
EEng5123 Antennas and Radio Wave Propagations 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng4122
Course Title EM Waves and Guide Structures
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module RF and Microwave Systems
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
• To understand and quantify the effCp of accelerated
charges in producing time-varying electromagnetic waves.
• To be able to derive- from Maxwell's equations- the
governing equations for EM wave propagation, RF
Course Objectives
transmission lines, rectangular waveguides and resonant
cavities.
• To gain insight into the applications of RF transmission
lines, the use of Smith Chart and matching techniques.

203
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Review of Maxwell's Equations

● Review of Vector fields and theorem
● Maxwell's Equations;
● Integral and differential form of Maxwell
Equations
● Time varying Maxwell equations
● Power and Poynting Vector, Poynting
Theorem
Electromagnetic Wave Propagation
● Introduction
● Waves in General
● Wave Propagation in Lossy Dielectrics
● Plane Waves in Free Space
● Plane Waves in Lossless Dielectrics
● Plane Waves in Good Conductors
Course Description/Course
Contents ● Reflection of Plane Wave at Normal and
Oblique Incidence
EM Waves in Transmission lines
● Transmission line model
● Transmission Line Equations
● Input Impedance, SWR, and Power
● The Smith Chart and its applications
● Some Application of Transmission Lines.
● Transmission Line Matching Design
EM Waves in Waveguides

● Introduction
● Rectangular Waveguides
● TM Modes
● TE Modes
● Power Transmission and Attenuation

204
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

● Waveguide Resonators
● Application of Waveguides for
communication Systems

Pre-requisites EEng 3053 Electromagnetic Fields

Semester Year 4, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Discussions, and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

• Hayt.W.H., Engineering Electromagnetics, 4th ed.,

McGrawHill, 1981. Edward.
• C.Jordan, “Electromagnetic waves and Radiation System”,
References • David K.Cheng, “Field and Wave Electromagnetics”,
Addison Wesly, Pub, Co., 1989
• Matthew N. 0. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics,
Oxford University Press, New York,2001.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5125

Course Title Microwave Devices and Systems
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module no. RF and Microwave Systems Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
3 0 2 5
• To gain knowledge and understand the working principles of
different types of waveguides
Course Objectives
• To understand and use the basic microwave devices and
systems (both classical and modern)

205
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To appreciate the use of microwave devices and systems that

they come across in their carriers and daily life

1. Review of Network Parameters & Transmission Line

Theory

• Review of Network Parameters: Two and N-Port

Networks
• Measurement of incident and reflected waves
• S and T parameters
• Modeling of Transmission lines at microwave
frequencies.
• Design of transmission line Matching Networks
• Review of Waveguide

2. Microwave Circuit and Systems

Course Description/Course • Introduction; Microwave components, frequency bands,

Contents
applications
• Microwave circuit and systems
• Microwave transmitters and receivers
• Microwave Communications Systems
• Microwave Link design and analysis

3. Passive Microwave Components and Networks

• Basic principles, applications

• Types of passive Microwave Devices
• Design of passive Matching networks

4. Introduction to Active Microwave Devices and Networks

206
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Basic principles of active microwave devices

• Types of active microwave devices
• Design of Active Matching networks

5. MIC AND MMIC Analysis & Design:

• Principles of MIC and MMIC in Microwave

Communication Circuits
• Computer Aided Design Techniques of MMIC
• Principles of MIC Layout and Fabrication, Principles of
MMIC Layout and Fabrication,
• Analysis and Design Microwave Amplifiers, Oscillators and
Mixers
• Introduction to millimeter-wave communication
EEng3053 Electromagnetic Fields
Pre-requisites

Year 5, Semester I
Semester

Status of Course

Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials and Assignments

Methods
Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Assessment/Evaluation &
Grading System Programs”

A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Attendance Requirements

Reference Books:

• Microwave Circuit Design using linear and non-linear

techniques, by Vendelin/Pavio.
Literature
• Computer Aided Design of Microwave Circuits, by K.C.
Gupta Passive and Active Microwave Circuits, by J.
Helszajn.

207
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Foundations of Microwave Engineering, by R.E. Collin

MicrowaveTransistor Amplifier Analysis and Design, by G.
Gonzalez.

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Code EEng5123

Course Title Antennas and Radio Wave Propagations

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Name RF and Microwave Systems
CP Credits 5CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• To understand and quantify how antennas launch
electromagnetic waves into the surrounding medium.
• To understand types of antennas and describe their radiation
Course Objectives characteristics.
• To gain insight into how radio waves (Ground waves, Sky
waves.
Line of Sight waves, etc.) Propagate into space.
1. Introduction to Antenna Systems

• Basic Principles
• Types of Antennas
• Electromagnetic Wave Radiation Mechanisms.
• Radiation Integrals and Auxiliary Potential Functions
2. Fundamental Parameters of Antenna

• Radiation Pattern
• Radiation Power Density and Radiation Intensity
• Beam width and Directivity

208
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Gain and Radiation Efficiency

• Input impedance and Equivalent Areas
• Polarization
• Antenna Measurements
3. Linear wire and Loop Antennas
Introduction, modeling, design techniques and
procedures, types and applications
4. Synthesis of Array Antennas
• Introduction
• Two Element Array
• N-Element Array
• Design Procedures for Array Antennas
5. Reflector Antennas
• Introduction
• Types of Reflector Antennas
• Parabolic Reflector Antennas
• Design of Reflector Antennas
6. Microstrip Antennas
• Introduction
• Feeding Techniques
• Methods of Analysis
• Design Procedures of Microstrip Antenna
7. Radio Wave Propagation Principles
• EMW frequency ranges and applications
• Radio wave Propagation skims: ground wave, LOS Wave
and Sky wave
• Microwave Link design and Modeling

8. Smart Antenna Systems

• Basics of smart antennas systems

• Beam forming in smart antenna systems
• Adaptive beam forming algorithms in smart antenna
systems

209
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Directive of arrival(DOA) estimation in smart antenna

systems
• Applications of smart Antennas in wireless
communication.
• Smart-antenna system design and simulation for mobile
communication.

Pre-requisites EEng4122: EM Waves and Guide Structures

Semester Year V, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials , term papers work, Assignments, simulation,
Methods laboratories
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz‟s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
[1] Constantine A. Balanis, “Antenna Theory: Analysis and

Design”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 3rd Edition.

[2] Warren L.Stutzman and Gary A.Thiele, “Antenna Theory

and Design”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

[3] John D.Kraus, “Antennas”, Tata McGraw-Hill Ltd, 2nd

References Edition.

[4] Thomas A.Millgan, “Modern Antenna Design”, McGraw-

Hill
Ltd, 3rd Edition.

[5] Chand L.Godara, “Smart Antennas”, CRC Press.

15.13. Wireless Communications and Networking Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

210
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Number [13]

Justification of the module
• Principle of high-performance data and telecom networks, protocols
and layers.

• Builds an understanding of the core issues encountered in the design

of wireless networks. It also exposes students to fairly recent
paradigms in wireless and mobile communication.
• Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
Rationale and • Principle of high-performance data and telecom networks, protocols
objective of the
module and layers.
• Provide profound knowledge of the various telecom protocols,
packet switching and circuit switching techniques and others.

• Explain relative merits and demerits of wireless and mobile

communication technologies.
• Select a wireless technology or a combination of technologies to
suit a given application.

Total CP of the
20 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng5132 Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems 5
EEng5133 Telecommunication Networks 5
EEng4132 Introduction to Data Communication 5
EEng5134 Advanced Data and Telecom Networks 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Institute of
Technology

Course Code EEng4132

Course Title Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

211
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Name Wireless Communication and Networking Module

CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
▪ This course builds an understanding of the core issues
encountered in the design of wireless (vs wired) networks.
It also exposes students to fairly recent paradigms in
wireless communication.
▪ Learning Outcomes: At the end of the module the student
will be able to:
Course Objectives
o Explain relative merits and demerits of wireless
communication technologies.
o Select a wireless technology or a combination of
technologies to suit a given application.
Plan a wireless communications system for a given
environment in which it is to be deployed.
1. Introduction
• Introduction to wireless communications: history
and evolution, current wireless communication
systems, requirements of wireless services, and
technical challenges of wireless communications

2. Propagation and System Planning

Course Description/Course
Contents • Radio wave propagation in the mobile environment:
Free-space propagation, propagation mechanisms,
large scale and small-scale fading
• path loss models, statistical channel models:
narrow-band and wide-band models,
• System Planning: mobile radio link design, and
introduction to radio network planning.

212
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. Wireless Access Technologies:

• Overview of wireless access networks: base and

subscriber stations, multiple access technologies,
noise and interference in wireless communication
systems, diversity reception
• MIMO communication: MIMO narrowband
channel model, transmit diversity and spatial
multiplexing

4. Cellular Systems:

• Evolution of cellular systems, Concept of cellular

systems & design fundamentals, narrowband
systems: FDMA and TDMA systems, frequency
planning, and capacity considerations
• CDMA wideband systems: resource allocation, soft
handover, power control, interference and capacity
• OFDMA wideband systems, and Standardized
cellular communications systems

5. Wireless Network Standards:

• Wireless LANs, wireless MANs, short range
wireless networks, standards, capabilities and
applications, broadband wireless networks, and
integration of different types of wireless networks

6. Wireless Sensor Networks:

• Introduction to sensor networks and applications,
issues in sensor networks in comparison to
conventional wireless networks, special design
considerations in energy conservation, routing etc.
7. Application of Mobile Communication Systems

213
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Introduction
• Modelling and simulation of mobile systems
• Location management schemes

Pre-requisites EEng4112: Digital Communication Systems

Semester Year V, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecturers, tutorials, paper work, assignments and lab Exercises
Methods and Assignments
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz‟s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

References Textbook:
1]. “Wireless Communications”, A. Goldsmith, Cambridge
University Press, 2005.
[2]. “Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice”,
T. S. Rappaport, Prentice Hall, 2nd Edition, 2002.

References:

214
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

[1]. “Fundamentals of Wireless Communications”, D. Tse

and P. Viswanath, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
[2]. Articles in IEEE Communication Magazine and IEEE
Wireless Communication Magazine
[3]. P. M. Shankar, “Introduction to Wireless Systems”,
Drexel Univ., 2001.
[4]. Jochen H. Schiller, “Mobile Communications”,
Addison Wesley Pub. Corp., 2003.
[5]. Y. Park and F. Adachi, “Enhanced Radio Access
Technologies for Next Generation Mobile Communication”,
Springer Science + Business Media Inc., 2007.
[6]. Reza B‟far, “Mobile Computing Principles:
Designing and Developing Mobile Applications With Uml
and Xml”, Cambridge University Press,2005

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Code EEng5133

Course Title Telecommunication Networks
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Wireless Communication and Networking Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
3 0 3 4
• To inspect and summarize the major features of today's
most popular telecommunication networks as well as
the forthcoming ones
Course Objectives
• To get oneself familiar to the related standardization
work stablished by ITU
(InternationalTelecomrnunications Union), ETSI

215
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

(EuropeanTelecommunications Standards Institute)

and various other worldwide standardization bodies.
• To understand digital signaling techniques
• To understand sensor and adhoc networks

History and Evolution of Telecommunication Networks:

● Overview of telecommunication networks and
services, Physical layer overview and data traffic
characterization
● Network Topologies, communication architectures
● Evolution of Mobile Telephony Systems
● Introduction to Public Switched Telephone
Network (PSTN) and Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN)

Digital Telecom and Packet Switching:

Course Description/Course • Overview of SDH, PDH, SONET

Contents
• Datagram vs. virtual circuit
• ATM and Frame relay

High Speed Switching and Intelligent Network

Architectures:
• Sampling of switch fabric architectures such as
broadcast bus, Batcher-Banyan, and Balanced Gamma
networks
• Soft Switch
Queuing Theory:
• Traffic and overload control. Queuing theory, delay
and throughput performance analysis.
Introduction to Digital Subscriber Line Technologies:

216
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Overview of packet switched networks, local loops and

its access mechanisms
• DSL, SDSL, HDSL, SDSL, VDSL.

Emerging Backhaul Networks:

• Wireless /fiber based
• Wireless/millimeter Wave based
• Microwave based
• Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN)
• Satellite Networks
Telecom Management and Telecom Business
• Telecom Management
o Telecom management network models
o Configuration management
o Fault management
o Performance management
o Security management
• Telecom Business
o Telecom business models and startups
o Telecom vendors, service provides,
operators and regulators
● Telecom network techno economic analysis
● Telecom network case studies and impact analysis

Pre-requisites Communication Systems

Semester Year V, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials, paper work and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Exams, Quiz‟s, Assignments and simulation and laboratory
Grading System evaluation
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

217
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

[1] T Aattalainen: "Introduction to Telecommunications

Network Engineering'.'Artech House
[2] T. Saadawi: "Fundamentals of Telecommunication
Networks" JohnWiley & Sons (1994)
[3] M. P. Clark: "Networks and Telecommunications'; John
References
Wiley & Sons „1991'
[4] R. L. Freeman: "Telecommunication System
Engineering" John Wiley & Sons (199'I I
[5] A. Leon-Garcia and Indra Widjaja: "Communication
Networks: Fundamental Concepts

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Code EEng4132

Course Title Introduction to Data Communications
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Telecommunication Networks and Antenna
Credit Points 5 CP
Contact Hours per Week Lecture Lab Tut Home
Study
4CP 2 2 1 5
After completion of this course Students should
be able to:
To develop an understanding of the various aspects of
data communications and computer networking systems.
Topics include data transmission, multiplexing,
switching, protocols and architecture, internetworking,
and ISDN.
Course Objectives More specifically,
1. To learn the basic concepts of data communications.
2. To learn the layered architecture of communication
protocols.

218
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5. To learn the concepts and techniques in error detection

and correction.
6. To learn data link control and its related protocols.
7. To learn LAN architectures and systems.
8. To learn switching techniques.
9. To learn the main protocols and standards of the
Internet.
10. To learn basic concepts of internetworking,
addressing, and routing.
Overview of Data Communication
Introduction
Network models
Introduction TCP-IP and OSI layers
Course Outline
Physical layer and Media

Data and Signals

Encoding and Modulation
Multiplexing and Spreading
Transmission Media
Switching
Telephone and Cable Networks
Data link layer
Error Detection and Correction
Data Link Control and Protocols
Random and Controlled Accesses
Local Area Networks (LANs)
Wide Area Networks (WANs)
Network layer
Logical Addressing

219
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

IPv4 and IPv6 Protocols

Address Mapping, Error Reporting, and Multicasting
Packet Delivery, Forwarding, and Routing
Transport layer
Transport layer in the Internet (UDP, TCP, SCTP)
Congestion control and Quality of Service (QoS)
Application layer
Domain Name System (DNS)
Remote Logging, Electronic Mail and FTP
World Wide Web and HTTP
Network Management
Multimedia
Pre-requisites Telecommunication Networks
Semester Year IV, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Methods Lectures supported by tutorials and Laboratory,
Projects, filed visit to Ethio-telecom
Assessment/Evaluation & Grading Assignments, Mid-semester Examination and Final
System examination
Attendance Requirements 85%

References: Text:
1. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach,
6th ed., James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross,
PEARSON.
References:
2. A S Tannenbaum " Computer Networks"
Prentice Hall of India Publication , 2002
3. Fourozon, " Data Communication &
Computer Networks" Tata Mcgraw Hill

220
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Publication.
4. R. Handel, M. N. Huber, and S. Schroeder.
ATM Networks: Concepts, Protocols,
Applications, Addison, Wesley, 2001.
5. Fred Halshall "Data Communication Computer
Networks & Open systems" Publication
Pearson Education
6. W. R. Stevens. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1:
The protocols, Addison Wesley, 2000
7. W. Stallings. Cryptography and Network
Security: Principles and Practice, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2000

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Code EEng5134

Course Title Advanced Data and Telecom Networks
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Name Telecommunication Networks and Antenna
Credit Points 5 CP
Contact Hours per Week Lecture Lab Tut Home
Study
4CP 2 2 1 5
After completion of this course Students should
Course Objectives be able to:
● To develop an understanding of the various
aspects of data communications and
computer networking systems.

221
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

● More specifically,
1. To learn the basic concepts mobility issues in
communications
2. To learn the impacts of mobility on other protocols.
5. To learn the concepts voice over IP.
6. To learn security issues and cryptography.
7. To learn SSL security.
8. To understand the basics of network management
issues.

Introduction:
• Overview of current networking standards
• Challenges of introducing networking to

Course Outline wireless medium

Wireless and Mobile Networks

Wireless Links and Network Characteristics

Wifi: 802.11 Wireless LANs
Cellular Internet Access
Mobility Management Principles
Mobile IP
Managing Mobility in Cellular Networks
Wireless and Mobility: Impact on Higher-Layer
Protocols
Multimedia Networking
Multimedia Networking Applications
Streaming Stord Video and Audio
Voice over IP

222
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Protocols for Real-Time Conversational Applications

Network Support for Multimedia
Security in Computer Networks
Introduction
Principles of Cryptography
Message Integrity and Digital Signature
End Point Authentication
Securing TCP Connections: SSL
Securing Wireless LANs
Operational Security: Firewalls and Intrusion Detection
Systems
Network Management
Introduction
The Infrastructure of Network Management
The Internet-Standard Management Framework
ASN
Emerging Wireless Networks
adhoc networks,
Internet of things (IoT)
Software defined network (SDN)
Application of Telecom Networks in Industrial
Control
WSN or IOT based case studies and deployment
scenarios (smart Industry, Smart Transport, Smart
Agriculture).

Semester Year 5, Semester I

15.14. Power Systems Module

Program of Electrical Engineering

223
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Module Number [14]

Justification of the module
• The course is designed to provide students with insight into
fundamentals of energy conversion, electrical power engineering,
hydropower engineering and practice of rural electrification.

Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module

Rationale and
objective of the • Understand fundamentals of power systems, AC and DC transmission,
module single-phase and three-phase transmission, complex power, structure of
a power system, introduction to power transformers, representation of
power system components, transmission line parameters, mechanical
design of transmission lines, characteristic and performance of power
transmission lines, disruptive critical voltage, corona, overhead line
insulators, underground cables, fault analysis.
• Be able to analyze power system transients, surge phenomenon,
generation of switching over-voltages on transmission lines, Power
system stability, Load flow studies, economic load dispatch, optimal
operation of generators on a bus-bar, HVDC transmission, principle of
AC/DC conversion.
• Introduce technologies of conventional and non-conventional power
plants, renewable energy resources and technologies.
• Give an insight into planning and design of small scale and off-grid
electrical power systems.
• Introduce techniques and methods of planning and designing rural
electrification.
• Gain insight into concepts of hydropower engineering.
• Provide knowledge of planning, design and development of
hydroelectric power plants.

Total CP of the
20 credit point
module
224
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name CP
EEng4142 Electrical Installation 5
EEng4132 Introduction to Power Systems 5
EEng5133 Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification 5
EEng4144 Power Systems 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng4142

Course Title Electrical Installation
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power System
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 0 3
• To study the science and art of internal and external
illumination of buildings
• To learn electrical regulations and standards for consumer
Course Objectives
premises wiring design and construction
• Learn contracting documentations and design and
construction drawings
• Introduction to Illumination
Lighting terminologies and laws, artificial light sources,
types of lighting, illumination design.
• Electrical installation in consumer premises Electrical
regulations and standards, Electrical installation materials,
Course Description/Course
Contents components and accessories, design of residential,
commercial and industrial consumer‟s installation, grounding
systems, lightning arresters, installation design and design
drawings.
• Contracting electrical constructions

225
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Electrical installation contracting, Cost estimation,

Contract document preparation.

Pre-requisites EEng3072 Electrical Workshop Practice II

Semester Year 4, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, students’ presentations on mini project.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbooks:
1. Bill Atkinson, Roger Lovegrove: Electrical installation
designs, Blackwell Science ;3rd edition July,2002
2. Albert James Watkins: Electrical Installation
Calculations, Newnes; 6th Rev edition (October 1998)
3. Brian Scanddan: Electrical Installation Work, 5th
Rev.Edition Aug 10,2005
Literature References:

1. IEE regulations on Electrical Installation

2. Ethiopian Building Code Standard, Electrical Installation
of Buildings EBCS-10
3. Brian Scaddan: Electrical Installation Work third edition,
1999
4. Electrical Installation and Inspection standard, 2002 NEC

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

226
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number EEng4132

Course Title Introduction to Power system
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power System
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
• To review electrical energy generation from conventional and
nonconventional energy sources.
• To provide understanding of power transmission systems and
Course Objectives
calculation of transmission line parameters.
• To analyze characteristics and performance of power
transmission lines.
• Fundamentals of power systems
AC and DC transmission, single-phase and three-phase
transmission, complex power, structure of a power system,
introduction to power transformers, CTs and PTs etc.
• Representation of power system components
Single-phase solution of balanced three-phase networks,
one line diagram and impedance or reactance diagram, per
unit (PU) system.
• Transmission line parameters
Course Description/Course Resistance of transmission lines, skin effect and proximity
Contents
effect; inductance of single-phase two-wire line, composite
conductor lines, three-phase line with unsymmetrical
spacing, double circuit three-phase lines and bundled
conductors; capacitance of a two-wire line, three-phase
line with equilateral and unsymmetrical spacing, effect of
earth on transmission line capacitance.
• Mechanical design of transmission lines
Sag and tension calculations, effect of wind and ice,
stringing chart, sag template.

227
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Characteristic and performance of power transmission lines

ABCD constants, representation of transmission lines, short,
medium and long transmission lines, steady-state performance
– efficiency and regulation.
• Corona
Disruptive critical voltage, corona loss, line design based
on corona, advantages and disadvantages of corona.
• Overhead line insulators
Types of insulators, potential distribution over a string of
insulators, methods of equalizing potential.
• Underground cables
Types of cables, capacitance of single-core and three-core
cables, insulation resistance of a cable, power factor and
heating of cables.
Pre-requisites EEng3162: Introduction to Electrical Machines;
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Text Books:

1. John Grainger (Author), Jr., William Stevenson: Power

Literature System
Analysis, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 1
edition (January 1, 1994)
2. Alexandra Von Meier: Electrical Power System A
conceptual Introduction, Wiley-IEEE press July 11,2006
3. Arthur R. Bergen, Vijay Vittal: Power Systems Analysis,
Prentice Hall; 2nd edition (August 6, 1999)
References:

228
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Dr. George G. Karady, Dr. Keith E. Holbert, Electrical

Energy Conversion and Transport: An Interactive
Computer-Based Approach, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2005.
2. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power
Generation, Operation and Control, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley, 1996.
3. C. L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, New Age
International Publishers, 2004.
4. Syed Nasar, Electrical Power Systems (Schaum‟s Outline
Series), McGraw-hill Publishing Company, 2004.
I. J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Power System Engineering, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1994.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5141

Course Title Energy Conversion and Rural Electrification
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power system
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 0 5
• To introduce technologies of conventional and
nonconventional power plants.
• To provide an overview of renewable energy resources
and technologies.

Course Objectives • To give an insight into planning and design of small scale
and off-grid electrical power systems.
• To introduce techniques and methods of planning and
designing rural electrification.
• To gain insight into concepts of hydropower engineering.

229
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To provide knowledge of planning, design and

development of hydroelectric power plants.
• To learn the design of dams and spillways.
• To understand the operation of hydraulic turbines.

Introduction
Conventional and non-conventional resource ,Overview of
thermodynamics ,First and second laws of thermodynamics
and Carnot cycle,
Hydropower
Dams: Components and arrangement of structures,
Classification, Embankment dams, Gravity dams Arch dams,
Buttress dam.
Spillways: Types of spillways, Gravity spillways, Siphon
spillways
Conduits, Intake, Power house and Accessories:
Components of a conduit system, Intake structures, Location

Course Description/Course of power house, Classification of power house, Penstocks and

Contents surge tanks.
Hydraulic Turbines: Introduction, Classification of water
turbines, The Pelton turbine, The Francis turbine, The
Propeller and Kaplan turbine.
Solar energy: Solar energy production principle, solar panels,
battery, inverter, charge controller, maximum power tracking,
efficiency, design aspect, types of cells, solar resource
Analysis and Applications.
Wind energy : working principle, cut-in speed, rated speed,
cut-out speed, types and construction, design aspect Wind
resource Analysis and Applications,
Biomass energy: Introduction Biomass energy; Biomass
conversion and Direct combustion applications

230
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Geothermal and Nuclear energy: Introduction; Geothermal

and nuclear resource types applications or heating; Electricity
generation.
Rural Electrification: potential assessment, comparative
analysis (Grid versus standalone), introduction to Micro-grid
Pre-requisites MEng2064 Engineering Thermodynamics
Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbooks:
1. Archie W. Culp: Principle of Energy Conversion
McGrawHill College:1990
2. Aldo da Rosa: Fundamentals of Renewable Energy
Processes, Academic Press: Sep 2005
3. Josepha Sherman: Hydroelectric power, Capstone Press
:December 2003
4. Freshmagichobo: A Renewable Energy Resource: The
Hydroelectric Power, July25, 2006.
References:
1. James Joseph Doland: Hydro power engineering,
Ronald Press Co. 1954
2. Keider: Solar Heating and Cooling, 1998
3. Fritz: Small and Mini Hydropower System,
1996
4. Thomas C. Elliott: Standard Handbook of
Power Plant Engineering (Hardcover),
McGraw-Hill Education; 2nd edit.
1989)

231
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5. Brian K, Edwards: The Economics of

Hydroelectric Power, Edward Elgar Pub
(October 2003)

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng4144

Course Title Power Systems
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power systems
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
● To learn the analytical techniques of fault analysis
and stability analysis.
● To understand and analyze power system

Course Objectives transients.

● To provide comprehensive coverage of load flow
studies
● To learn and analyze HVDC transmission

232
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

● Load flow studies

Introduction, Network model formulation, formation
of Y-bus matrix, load flow problem, load flow
solutions.
● DC load flow: forward/backward load flow
algorithm

● Fault analysis
Introduction, causes of faults, Types of faults,
Symmetrical faults, symmetrical components,
unsymmetrical faults.
● Power system transients
Surge phenomenon, propagation of surges (traveling
Course Description/Course waves), reflection and refraction of waves, attenuation
Contents
of traveling waves, determination of system voltage
produced by traveling waves, generation of switching
over-voltages on transmission lines.
● Power system stability
Stability & stability limit, swing equation, power
angle equation, steady-state stability analysis,
transient stability analysis, numerical solution of
swing equation.
● HVDC transmission
Principle of AC/DC conversion, reactive power
demand, economic considerations, applications of
HVDC, Harmonic elimination, advantages and
disadvantages of HVDC systems, Design aspects.
Pre-requisites EEng4132: Introduction to Power Systems
Semester Year 4, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and project.
Methods

233
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering

Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Text Books:
1. J.Ducan Glover,Mulukutla S. Sarma : Power System
Analysis and Design, Thomson Engineering 3rd
edition Dec 7,2001
2. John J. Grainger, William D. Stevenson, Jr: Power
system analysis, McGraw-Hill, Inc. 1994.
3. Alexandra Von Meier : Electrical Power System A
conceptual Introduction, Wiley-IEEE press July
11,2006
4. C. L. Wadhwa: Electrical Power Systems, New Age

Literature International Publishers, 2004.

References:
1. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power
Generation, Operation and Control, 2nd Edn,
John Wiley, 1996.
2. Syed Nasar: Electrical Power Systems
(Schaum’s Outline Series), McGraw-hill
Publishing Company, 2004.
3. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari: Power System
Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
1994.

15.15. Power Systems Design and Application Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [15]

234
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Justification of the module

This module is designed to provide students about planning, design and

computer application in electrical power system.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
● Understand load forecasting techniques, basics design concepts of
generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines.
● Learn and understand Carry out cost analysis of generation systems.
● Calculate transmission losses for a power system Learn and
Rationale and understand the concepts and terminology used in interchange
objective of the evaluation and Power pools issues.
module
● Understand the operating principles and design considerations
protective devices and protection systems.
● Provide understanding of Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
(SCADA) system
● Provide understanding and insight into on-line and real-time
applications of computers in voltage and excitation control,
automatic generation control (AGC) and economic dispatch control
● Give insight into computer aided protection and application of DSP
to protection of power systems

Total CP of the
19 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name CP
EEng5241 Power System Planning & Management 5
EEng5151 Power System Protection 5
EEng5154 Introduction to Power System Automation 4
EEng5156 Power System Operation & Control 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

235
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number EEng5158

Course Title Power System Planning and Management
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power System Design and Application
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 - 5
• To understand load forecasting techniques.
• To learn and understand basics design concepts of

Course Objectives generating stations, switchyards, and transmission lines.

• To carry out cost analysis of generation systems.
To carry out power system reliability analysis.

Load forecasting: Classification and characteristics of

loads, Forecasting methodology; Energy forecasting;
Demand forecasting; Peak demand forecasting
Planning and design: General layout and design of
generating stations; Switchyard layout; Transmission
system planning Generation Planning, Transmission and
Distribution Planning
Generation system cost analysis: Cost analysis;
Course Description/Course
Contents Production analysis and costing; Environmental cost.
Power system reliability analysis
Definition of power system reliability and quality,
Reliability assessment techniques, Reliability indices,
interconnected systems.
Optimization and security: Formulation of the
optimization problem; Conditions for minimization;
Sensitivity of the objective function; Security
assessment
EEng4132: Introduction to Power Systems
Pre-requisites
EEng4144: Power Systems (Co-requisite)

236
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Semester Year 5, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
1. R L Sullivan: Power System Planning, McGraw-Hill,
Literature New York, 1977.
2. Xifan Wang James McDonald: Modern Power System
Planning, 2001.
References:
1. Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power
Generation, Operation and Control, 2nd Edn, John
Wiley, 1996.
2. Syed Nasar: Electrical Power Systems (Schaum‟s
Outline Series), McGraw-hill Publishing Company,
2004.
3. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari: Power System
Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1994.
4. William D. Stevenson, Jr.: Elements of Power system
Analysis, 2002.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5151

Course Title Power System Protection
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power System Design and Application
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 2 3 3

237
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

This course aims to provide the students with theoretical

and practical knowledge on power system protection. The
students will become familiar with the components, basic
Course Objectives operating principles, main applications, and limitations of
protective relays and protection schemes. The students
will also learn strategies to design reliable protection
systems.
Introduction to PS Protection
Protective Current & Potential Transformers: Types, Rating,
Accuracy, burden, Polarity, connections and Transient
Response.
Relay Construction and Operating Principles:
Review of Electromagnetic Relays, relay terminology, basic
protection schemes, overcurrent and directional overcurrent
relays, distance relays, differential relays. Relay
Coordination,
Static Relays: Basic elements, Functional circuits,

Course Description/Course component, Block diagram and type of static relay.

Contents Protection of transmission lines, power transformers,
alternators, induction motors. Bus zone protection. Protection
of reactors and capacitors. Substation design and protection ,
Layout and arrangement, design aspect, classification,
protection, switchyards,
Protection against Overvoltage: Causes of overvoltage,
Lightning phenomena, Wave Shape of Voltage due to
Lightning, Over Voltage due to Lightning, and Protection of
Transmission Lines against Direct Lightning Strokes,
Protection of Stations and Sub – Stations from Direct
Strokes.

238
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Circuit Breakers: Arc and arc extinction, circuit breaker

rating, circuit breaker types, HVDC circuit breakers, testing
of circuit breakers.
Fuses: Introductions, Definitions, Fuse Characteristics,
Types of Fuses, Applications of HRC Fuses, Selection of
Fuses, Discrimination.
Modern Trends in Power System Protection: Introduction,
gas insulated substation/switchgear (GIS). Digital protection,
Digital relaying algorithms, Computer aided protection
(Introduction, basic configuration, line, bus, generator and
transformer protection, numeric relays and application of DSP
to protection.)
Pre-requisites EEng4144: Power Systems
Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Text Book (TB)
1. K.A.Gangadhar: Electric Power Systems
Analysis, Stability & Protection, 13th edition,
Delhi
2. Power System Protection and
Switchgear Badri Ram, D.N. Vishwakarma
McGraw Hill 2nd Edition
Literature
Reference Books
1. Protection and Switchgear Bhavesh et al
Oxford 1 st Edition, 2011
2. Power System Switchgear and Protection N.
Veerappan S.R. Krishnamurthy S. Chand 1 st
Edition, 2009

239
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. Power System Protection- Static Relays By

T.S.M. Rao Tata McGraw Hill
4. Digital Protection- Protective Relaying from
Electromechanical to Microprocessor By L. P.
Singh, New Age International

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5154

Course Title Introduction to Power System Automation
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power System Design and Application
CP 4
Contact Hours (per Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
week) 2 1 0 3
• To provide understanding of Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition (SCADA) system
• Introduce power control circuits and applications of PLCs
in modern power control
• To understand the background for Smart Grid and have
knowledge about important terminology
Course Objectives
• To know about challenges and possibilities related to smart
meters
• To have knowledge about technology for micro-grids and
integration of renewable energy and energy storage
• To understand the various communication and
measurement technologies in smart grid
Introduction to Power System Automation
Historical development of power system automation,
Course
Description/Course Fundamentals of electrical protection, development of protective
Contents relays, numeric (microprocessor based relays).
Substation Automation Subsystems

240
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Protective relays, Remote terminal unit, PLC, SCADA and other

intelligent devices.
Power System Automation Architectures
Types of power system automation architecture, Automation of
HV substations, automation of MV substations.
Recent Trends in Measurement of Electrical Quantities
Current Voltage measurement with instrument transformers,
Digital techniques of measurement of voltage, current, power,
energy and, power factor Hall Effect sensors, Measurement of
THD and harmonics.
Introduction to PLC
PLC architecture, modular and micro PLCs, PLC Hardware, Input-
Output modules, CPU Module, PLC scan cycle.
Introduction to Plc Programming
Introduction to ladder diagrams, hard wired relay logic, ladder
logic symbols Boolean logic programming examples, timers,
counters, Registers, Programming of arithmetic instructions,
programming of analog inputs and outputs.
SCADA Systems
Requirement and background, SCADA programming, SCADA
master station.
Communication in Power System Automation
Basics of data communication, The OSI model, Media access
control principles, CSMA/CD Ethernet MAC, Full duplex
Ethernet, Communication protocols, Mode bus and Mode bus
TCP/IP, Profibus, TCP/IP, DNP3.
IEC 61850 Standard For Substation Automation
Logical Nodes (LN), Logical Device (LD), Intelligent Electronic
Devices (IEDs), Process level functions, Bay level functions,
Station Level Functions, Station Bus and Process Bus.
Introduction To Smart Grid: overview, architectures,

241
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Applications

EEng4132: Introduction to Power Systems

Pre-requisites
EEng4144: Power Systems (Co-requisite)
Semester Year 5, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and project.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
& Grading System Programs”
Attendance A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Requirements
Text Books:
1. Thomas, Mini S., and John Douglas McDonald.
Power system SCADA and smart grids. CRC press,
2017.
2. Momoh, James A. Smart grid: fundamentals of
design and analysis. Vol. 63. John Wiley & Sons,
2012.
3. Smart power grids by A Keyhani, M Marwali.
4. Mohammad Shahidehpour, Yaoyu Wang,
Communication and Control in Electric Power
Systems: Applications of Parallel and Distributed

Literature Processing, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2003.

5. J. Duncan Glover Mulukutla Sarma : Power
Systems
Analysis and Design : With Personal Computer
Applications, Pws Pub Co; 2nd Packag edition June 1998.
References:
1. Janaka Ekanayake, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong
Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, NickJenkins, Smart Grid:
Technology and Applications, Wiley Press, 2012.
2. A. K. Mahalanabis, D. P. Kothari and S. I. Ahson,
Computer Aided Power System Analysis and
Control, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1988.

242
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3. G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, Computer Relaying for

Power Systems, John Wiley & Sons, New York,
1988.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5156

Course Title Power System Operation and Control
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Power System Design and Application
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 - 5
This course introduces students to the concept of power system
operation and control. Students will be exposed to the concept
of power system management to meet load demand at optimal
Course Objectives
operating cost and various ways in controlling electrical
power. Load frequency control in single area and two area
systems
Introduction (Characteristics of Modern Power Systems)
Physical Structure Operation and Control Functions and
Hierarchies Design and Operating Criteria
Power System Operation
Operation of hydropower generator, switchyard, protection &
communication system in power system. Characteristics of
Course Description/Course
Contents generating units, transmission losses, interchange evaluation
and power pool.
Equipment and Stability Constraints
Capabilities and Constraints of Generators/Exciters
/Turbines/ Network Elements (Lines, Transformers etc.),
Constraints of Energy Supply Systems, Load Characteristics ,

243
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Introduction to Angle/Voltage Instability phenomena,

Stability Constraints
Active and Reactive Power Control
Speed control of generators; tie line control, frequency control,
generation scheduling in an interconnected system, automatic
generation control, primary and secondary control, economic
dispatch, performance criteria under transient and steady state
conditions. Load Curves, Unit Commitment, Introduction to
the use of Optimization Methods, FACTs device.
Computer Control of Power Systems
Need of computer control of power systems, concept of energy
control center (or) load dispatch center and the functions,
system monitoring, data acquisition and control, system
hardware configuration, SCADA and EMS functions, network
topology, state estimation, security analysis and control,
operating states.
Pre-requisites EEng4144: Power Systems
Semester Year 5, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
1) Power System Analysis Operation and Control, Abhijit
Chakrabarti and Sunita Halder, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,,
3rd Edition, 2010.
Literature
2) Modern Power System Analysis, D.P.Kothari and
I.J.Nagrath, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
3rd Edition, 2003, Ninth Reprint 2007.

244
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

References:
1) Allen J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power
Generation, Operation and Control, 2nd Edn, John
Wiley, 1996.
2) Power System Analysis and Design, J. Duncan Glover
and M.S.Sharma, Thomson, 3rd Edition, 2008.
3) Electric Energy System Theory: An Introduction, Olle
Ingemar Elgerd, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2nd Edition, 1982.
4) Power System Stability and Control, P Kundur, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, 1994, 5th Reprint, 2008.

15.16. Electrical Machines, Drives and Control Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [16]
Justification of the module
• This module is designed to give students fundamental knowledge and
skill in Electrical Machines, Electrical Drives, Control and
Instrumentation, which is an important area of electrical engineering
education.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
• Understand the basic principles of electromechanical energy
Rationale and
objective of the conversion devices.
module • Learn and understand inrush currents, harmonics and conditions for
parallel operation and design aspCp of transformers.
• Learn and understand D.C. armature winding & A.C. windings.
• Understand dynamic equations and control aspect of D.C machines To
introduce the basic operational principles and limitations of electrical
and electronic instruments
• Analyze and compare commercial instruments and.

245
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Develop basic skills of utilizing mathematical tools needed to analyze

and design classical linear dynamic control systems.
• Get real-world experience in control systems problems, design, and
implementation.
• Understand elements and characteristics, and operation principles of
electric drives
• Understand the desired operating characteristics of various industrial
driven units
• Be able to select drive elements and develop drive system for common
industrial driven units

Total CP of the
43 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name CP
EEng4161 Introduction to Control Engineering 5
EEng3162 Introduction to Electrical Machines 5
EEng3164 Machine Lab 3
EEng4162 Electrical Machines 5
EEng4163 Introduction to Instrumentation 5
EEng4164 Power Electronics 5
EEng5163 Electrical Drives 5
EEng5165 Modern Control System 5
EEng5165 Instrumentation Engineering 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3152

Course Title Introduction to Control Engineering
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electrical Machines, Drives, & Control
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutoria Home study
Contact Hours (per week) l
2 0 3 5

246
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Students will add to their knowledge-base in the fundamentals

of electrical engineering modeling and design.
• Students will develop basic skills of utilizing mathematical

Course Objectives tools needed to analyze and design classical linear dynamic
control systems.
• Each student will get real-world experience in control systems
problems, design, and implementation.
• Introduction to Control System

History of control system

Control System Components
Basic terminologies of control system
Closed loop control system versus open loop control
• Modeling and representation of Control Systems
Differential and difference equations of systems, Lapalace
transform Z transform, and transfer function of control
systems and system elements, impulse response of linear
systems, block diagrams, signal flow graphs.
• Time domain analysis of Control Systems
Course Description/Course
Contents Performance Characteristics of feedback control systems,
robustness, the characteristic equation and transient
response, effect of derivative and integral term in transient
response, steady state errors, discrete data control systems.
• Frequency domain analysis
Polar plot, bode plot, magnitude versus phase plot,
relation between plots, Stability of linear control systems
(RouthHurwitz Criterion, Nyquist Criterion, Stability of
discrete data control systems), Frequency response of
feedback control systems (Control specification in
frequency domain, Relative stability, Nichols chart).
• Root-locus

247
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Constructing root locus, Root loci and frequency domain

plots, root contours, root loci and discrete data control
systems.
• Design of Controllers
Root locus method: Phase-lead compensation, phase-lag
compensation, lead-lag compensation. Frequency response
method: Phase-lead compensation, phase-lag
compensation, lead-lag compensation.
Pre-requisites EEng2122: Signal and Systems Analysis
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements Minimum of 85% attendance during lecture hours
Literature Textbook:
1. Norman S. Nise: Control Systems Engineering, John
Wiley & Sons; 4th Edition edition Aug 19,2003.
2. Katsuhiko Ogata: Modern Control Engineering (4th
Edition), Prentice Hall; 4 edition (November 13, 2001).
References:
1. Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system analysis and
synthesis, 2002.
2. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering, 2001.
3. K. Ogata: Modern Control Engineering, 2001.
4. Ramachandro. Rao: Process Control
5. Engineering: A Textbook for Chemical, Mechanical and
Electrical Engineers, CRC (October 21, 1993).

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng3162

248
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Title Introduction to Electrical Machines

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electrical Machines, Drives, & Control
CP 5
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• To understand the basic principles of electromechanical
energy conversion devices.
• To learn and understand inrush currents, harmonics and
conditions for parallel operation and design aspect of
transformers.
Course Objectives
• To understand salient pole synchronous machine features,
reference frame transformation, d-q axis theory, power/load
angle relationship and carry out transient analysis.
• To understand the principle of operation and construction of
fractional horsepower motors.

249
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Chapter I: Induction machine

Steady-State Analysis of Induction Machine
• Steady-State Equivalent Circuit of an Induction Machine
• Constant Air Gap Flux Operation
Generator Operation of an Induction Machine
Variation of Parameters of an Induction Machine
Classification of Induction Machines According to speed torque
characteristics , Capability Curve of an Induction Machine
,Variable-Speed Control of Induction Machine Based on Steady-
State Characteristics ,Reference Frame Transformation and
Transient State Analysis of Three-Phase AC Machine, Complex
Vector, d–q–n modeling of an Induction Machine Based on
Course Description/Course
Complex Space Vector
Contents
Chapter II: Synchronous Machines
Construction, equivalent circuit, parameter testing, and
characteristics of synchronous machines as an alternator, motor
operation of synchronous machine, reference frame transformation,
salient-pole machine analysis using direct-quadrature axis theory.
Power/load angle relationships for the salient pole machines,
introduction transients in synchronous machine, Parallel operation
of alternators, transient analysis.
Chapter III: Fractional horsepower motors
Single-phase induction motor, shaded-pole motor, universal motor,
reluctance motor, and hysteresis motor, stepper motor, servo motor.

Pre-requisites EEng3162: Introduction to Electrical Machines

Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”

250
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Attendance Requirements Minimum of 85% attendance during lecture hours

Textbook:
1. Charles I. Hubert : Electric Machines: Theory, operating
Applications, and Controls, Prentice Hall; 2 edition Jan 15, 2002.
2. Nasar : Schaum's Outline of Electric Machines &
Electromechanics, McGraw-Hill; 2 edition July 1, 1997.
3. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley, & S. D. Umans: Electric
Machinery, 2002.
References:
1. A Monti, F Ponci: Electric Machines Theory

Literature throught FEM Analysis, World Scientific Publishing,

Winter 2007.
2. James R. Ogden: Electrical Machines Problem
Solver, Research & Education Assoc.; 1 edition (1983).
• P. C. Sen: Principles of Electric Machines and
Power Electronics, Wiley; 2 Sub edition (December 1996).
• Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-
Hall, 1988.
J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications,
1998.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng4153
Course Title Introduction to Instrumentation
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electrical Machines, Drives, & Control
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• To introduce the basic operational principles and limitations of
Course Objectives electrical and electronic instruments

251
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To analyze and compare commercial instruments and design

similar systems under given constraints

Introduction to Instrumentation: Basic Concepts of

Measurement; Performance Characteristics Static and
Dynamic; Noise and Interference in Instrumentations, Sensors
and Applications, Passive Sensors: Resistive, Capacitive,
Inductive; Active Sensors and Applications; Discrete Output
Course Description Sensors: Shaft Encoders Signal Conditioning and Conversion:
Deflection Bridges, Amplifiers and Attenuators, Oscillators and
Filters, Output Presentation: Indicators: Pointer-Scale,
Alphanumeric, Graphical; Recorders: Graphical.Indicators:
Pointer-Scale, Alphanumeric, Graphical; Recorders: Graphical,
Magnetic, Semiconductor
Chapter 1: Introduction to Instrumentation

1.1. Introduction

1.2. General Principles of Instrumentation

1.2.1. Basic Concepts of Measurement

1.2.2. Performance Characteristics

• Static characteristic
Course Contents
• Dynamic characteristic

1.3.Noise and Interference in Instrumentations

Chapter 2: Sensors and Applications

2.1. Passive and active sensors

2.2. Displacement, speed and acceleration sensors

and measurements

252
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2.3. Temperature sensors and measurement,

2.4. Pressure and Flow rate sensors and

measurement,

2.5. Level sensors and measurement,

2.6. Discrete Output Sensors

2.7. Proximity Sensors
Chapter 3: Signal Conditioning and Conversion
3.1. Deflection Bridges,
3.2. Amplifiers
3.3. Attenuators,
3.4. Oscillators and Filters
Chapter 4: Output Presentation
4.1. Indicators:
4.1.1. Pointer-Scale,
4.1.2. Alphanumeric,
4.1.3. Graphical;
4.2. Recorders:
4.2.1. Graphical,
4.2.2. Magnetic,
4.2.3. Semiconductor
Pre-requisites EEng-2052: Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures supported by tutorials and practical laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements Minimum of 85% attendance during lecture hours

253
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Textbook:
1. Robert B. Northrop: Introduction to Instrumentation and
Measurements, Second Edition, CRC; 2 edition (June 28, 2005).
2. J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 4th
edition 2004.
References:
1. by John G. Webster: The Measurement, Instrumentation

Literature and Sensors Handbook (Electrical Engineering

Handbook), TFCRC (December 29, 1998).
2. Jacob Fraden: Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics,
Designs, and Applications (Handbook of Modern Sensors),
Springer; 3 edition (December 4, 2003).
3. Klaas B. Klaassen: Electronic Measurement and
Instrumentation, Cambridge, University Press (September
13, 1996).

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng4164

Course Title Power Electronics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Electrical Machines, Drives, & Control
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
• To understand power semiconductor devices and
characteristics
• To understand power electronic converters and
Course Objectives
applications
• To get the knowledge about utility applications of power
electronics

254
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• To get basic understanding of power quality and

improvements

Chapter-1: Introduction to power electronics and applications

1.1. Introduction to power electronics and applications
1.2. Power electronic switching devices and
applications
1.3. Power electronic circuits and applications
1.4. Design of power electronics circuits
1.5. Power semiconductor devices, switching
characteristics and protection circuits
Chapter-2: Power electronic converters and applications
2.1. Uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers: Basic
terminologies; single and three phase
uncontrolled/controlled rectifiers
2.2. AC voltage controllers: Single and three phase ac

Course Description/Course voltage controller; basics of cycloconverter

Contents 2.3. DC-DC converters and applications: Types of Dc-
Dc converters; multi-quadrant operation of choppers
2.4. Dc-Ac converters and application: Single phase
square wave inverters; single phase PWM inverters; three
phase six-step inverters; multi-level voltage-sourced
converter, three phase PWM inverters; self- and line-
commutated current-sourced converters
Chapter 3: Applications of power Electronics in Power
systems
3.1 Static reactive power compensation; FACTS concept
and system consideration, Static series compensators,
static shunt compensators
3.2 Power Electronics in Renewable Energy systems; PV
systems, Wind power conversion and integrations

255
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

3.3. HVDC: HVDC system configuration and components

conversion and inversion, Analysis of three phase bridge
converter, Control of HVDC system, Principle of DC link
control, current and Extinction angle control
Chapter 4: other interfacing issues with utility
4.1 Harmonics concepts, Generation and mitigation
4.2 Electromagnetic interference
4.3 Power quality and power factor; power quality
monitoring and analysis, standards and power quality measuring
instruments

Pre-requisites EEng4162: Electrical Machines

Semester Year 4, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory
Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements Minimum of 85% attendance during lecture hours
Textbooks and References:
1. N.Mohan,T.M.Undeland and W.P.Robbins, Power
Electronics : Converter, Applications and Design ,
John Wiley and Sons , 1989.
2. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices,
and Applications, 3rd Edition, Pearson-Prentice
Literature Hall, 2003
3. R.. C.Dugan , Mark .F. Mc Granaghan, Surya
Santaso, H.Wayne Beaty, “Electrical Power
Systems Quality”, 2nd Ed Mc Graw Hill, 2002.
4. 4. Arrillaga J., “HVDC Transmission” - Peter
Peregrinus Pub.

Program of Electrical Engineering

256
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5163

Course Title Electrical Drives
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Process Control and Automation Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
At the end of this course students will be able to:

● To understand elements and characteristics, and operation

principles of electric drives

Course Objectives ● Understand the desired operating characteristics of various

industrial driven units
● To select drive elements and develop drive system for
common industrial driven units

Introduction to Electric drive systems:-Definitions and

elements of electric drive systems, Speed-torque characteristics
of industrial loads, Dynamic behavior of electric drives, Motor
rating selection, heating and load diagram ; Speed torque
characteristics of DC/AC Motors:-Review of DC motor and
representations, Speed torque characteristics of DC motors;
Speed torque characteristics of AC Motors, Combined speed-
Course Description torque characteristics of drive and driven system, Torques acting
in a drive system, referring torque and moment of inertia from
one axis to other axis, energy losses in transient; Electric drives
Systems:-DC drive scheme, Power converters for DC motor
drives, Control circuits for power converters. phase controlled
convertor for Dc motor drives, Four quadrant operation, PWM
switching convertor drives, Choppers; AC drives; inverters, AC
voltage controller and Cyclo-converters; Starting and braking ;

257
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Control System design for Electric drives:- Electric drive

modeling, Open loop and closed loop control in DC and AC
drives; Hierarchy of control loops: torque, speed and position
control loops, Microprocessor based AC /DC drive control
1. Introduction to Electric drive systems: -
Course Contents ▪ Definitions and elements of electric drive systems,
▪ Speed-torque characteristics of industrial loads,
▪ Dynamic behavior of electric drives,
▪ Motor rating selection,
▪ Heating and load diagram;
2. Speed torque characteristics of DC/AC Motors: -
▪ Review of DC motor and representations,
▪ Speed torque characteristics of DC motors;
▪ Speed torque characteristics of AC Motors,
▪ Combined speed- torque characteristics of drive and
driven system,
▪ Torques acting in a drive system,
▪ Referring torque and moment of inertia from one axis
to other axis,
▪ Eenergy losses in transient
3. Electric drives Systems:
• DC drive scheme,
o Power converters for DC motor drives,
o Control circuits for power converters.
o phase controlled convertor for Dc motor drives,
o Four quadrant operation,
o PWM switching convertor drives,
o Choppers;
• AC drives;
o inverters,
o AC voltage controller and Cyclo-converters;

258
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Starting and braking

4. Control System design for Electric drives:

• Electric drive modeling,
• Open loop and closed loop control in DC and AC drives;
• Hierarchy of control loops:
o Design of the torque (current) control loop,
o Design of speed control loop
o Design of position control loops,
• Microprocessor based AC /DC drive control

Pre-requisites Power Electronics and its applications [EEng5151]

Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Optional
Teaching & Learning Lecturers, Tutorials and Assignments
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Textbook:
• Vedam Subrahmanyam, “Electric Drives: Concepts and
• Applications”, Tata McGraw-Hill ,2001, New Delhi

• Reference:
• Jacob Feinberg,”Electric Drive “, Mir Publishers, 1978.
• Nisit K.de and Prasanta K.sen,” Electric Drive”, New
delhi,2006.
• R. krishnan,” Electric Motor Drive”, Prentice Hall,2001.
• Peter Moreton,” Industrial Brushless servos”, Newnes,
2000.
• Van Duijsen, P.,” Simulation and Animation of Power
Electronics and Electrical Drives”, PCIM Europe,
December 2001.

259
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• P. C. Sen,” Principles of Electric Machines and Power

Electronics”, Wiley; 2 Sub edition (December 1996).

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng5161

Course Title Modern Control Systems

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Electrical Machines, Drives, & Control

CP Credits 5 CP

Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study

2 3 3 2

Course Objectives At the end of this course students will be able to:

Understand and develop State space representation of control

systems

Analyze system models in state space model

Design and synthesize controllers in state space

Course Description Mathematical modeling of control systems; State
transformation and solution of state space equations, Stability,
Controllability, Observability of control systems; Control
systems design in state space; Introduction to non-linear and
optimal control systems.

Chapter 1: Mathematical modeling of control systems

1.1.Modern versus classical control system

1.2.Concepts of state,
Course Contents
1.3.State-space representation of systems,

260
Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1.4. Transformation from state-space representation to transfer

function,

1.5. State diagram representation

1.6. Non uniqueness of state variable model

1.7.Eigen values and eigenvectors.

Chapter 2: State transformation and solution of state space

equations

2.1.State transition matrix,

2.2.State transition equation,

2.3. Canonical forms of state space representation,

2.4. Solution for states equations represented in canonical

forms.

Chapter 3: Controllability, Observability & Stability of control

systems

3.1. Controllability

3.2.Observability

3.3.Stability of control systems

Chapter 4: Control systems design in state space

4.1. Pole-placement design with state feedback Pole

placement

4.2. controller design with state observer

4.3. Controller design using MATLAB

4.4. Introduction to analogue computations

Chapter 5: Introduction to non-linear and optimal control

systems

261
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5.1. Introduction to non-linear control

5.2. Introduction to optimal control systems

Pre-requisites EEng-3152 Introduction to Control Engineering

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lectures supported by tutorials and practical laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements Minimum of 85% attendance during lecture hours

Literature Textbook:

1. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H Bishop: Modern Control

Systems (10th Edition), Prentice Hall; 10 edition (April 8, 2004).

2. Katsuhiko Ogata : Modern Control Engineering, Prentice

Hall; 4 edition( Nov 13, 2001).

References:

1. John J. D’ Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system

analysis and synthesis.

2. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H BishopModern Control

Systems (9th Edition), Prentice Hall; 9th edition (August 3, 2000).

3. I.J. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering ,

2001.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

262
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Number EEng5165

Course Title Instrumentation Engineering

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Electrical Machines, Drives, & Control

CP Credits 5 CP

Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Practice or Laboratory Tutorial Home study

2 3 3 2

Course Objectives The objectives of this course is to impart students for a solid
understanding of

● Role of instrumentation systems in industries

● Concepts, components both mechanical and electrical
instruments
● Development of such measuring instruments

Course Description Review of Instrumentation and Standards:-Introduction to

instrumentation, standards, Instrumentation characterization,
factors to selection of instruments; Detection and Conversion of
Industrial Variables:- Methods of measurement, accuracy
measurement; Applications of Instrumentation:-Telemetry
Applications,Telemetry Systems Overview, Airborne Systems,
Data Acquisition, Multiplexer, Modulation, Commutation, Frame
synchronization pattern; Power industry applications, food process
industry applications, automobile industry applications and
biomedical industry applications; Introduction to Intelligent
Instruments:- Introduction to intelligent instrumentation,
Historical Perspective & Current status, software based
instruments,Virtual Instrumentation:

263
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Review of Instrumentation and Standards:-

• Introduction to instrumentation,
• standards,
• Instrumentation characterization, factors to
Course Contents
selection of instruments.
2. Detection and Conversion of Industrial Variables:-
• Methods of measurement,
• accuracy measurement,
• temperature measurement,
• flow measurement,
• pressure measurement,
• Level measurement, displacement and angle
measurement, measurement of rotation, signal
converters.
3. Applications of Instrumentation

• Telemetry Applications
• Telemetry Systems Overview
• Airborne Systems
○ Data Acquisition
○ Multiplexer
○ Modulation
○ Commutation
○ Frame synchronization pattern
• Power industry applications, food process industry
applications, automobile industry applications and
biomedical industry applications.

4. Introduction to Intelligent Instruments

• Introduction to intelligent instrumentation

264
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Historical Perspective & Current status

• software based instruments
• Virtual Instrumentation:

Pre-requisites EEng-4153 Introduction to Instrumentation

Semester Year 5, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lectures supported by tutorials and practical laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements Minimum of 85% attendance during lecture hours

Literature Textbook:

J.P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems,2001

R.K.Rajput, Mechanical measurements and instrumentation

A.K.SAWHENEY, Mechanical measurements and instrumentation

References:
1. A.K. Gosh, Electronic Instrumentation,3RD ,1997
2. Doeblin, Principles of Instrumentation ,2002
3. JonWilson,Sensor technology
4. B.E. Jones, Instrumentation Measurement and
Feedback
5. Instrumentation Engineering handbook
6. U.V.Bakshi, A.V.Bakshi, “Electronic
Instrumentation”, 1st edition, 2008.
7. Wiliam David Cooper “ Electronic Instrumentation
and Measurement Techniques “ Printce-Hall, Inc, Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersy, 2nd Edition

265
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

8. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern sensors”,

Physics, design, and applications, third edition,

15.17. Digital Electronics and Computer Architecture Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [17]
Justification of the module
• Introduce students with principles of Digital Systems and Computer
Architecture & Organization, which are foundations for understanding
advanced computer hardware structure.
Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
Rationale and • Study property and realization of the various logic gates.
objective of the
• To make the student able to design Combinational and Sequential
module
circuits.
• Introduce the architecture and organization of a computer system and
its components
• Design and simulate a basic computer system.

Total CP of the
15 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
CoEng4171 Digital Logic Design 5
CoEg4172 Computer Architecture & Organization 5
CoEg5171 Microprocessors & Interfacing 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number CoEng4171

Course Title Digital Logic Design
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

266
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Digital Electronics and Computer Architecture.

CP Credits 7 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 3 5
• To introduce students with principles of Digital Systems
• To study property and realization of the various logic gates
Course Objectives
• To make the student able to design Combinational and
Sequential Systems
• Introduction to Digital Systems
• Basic and Derived Logic Gates;
• Discreet Logic Gates Realization;
• Multivibrators;
• Digital Integrated Circuits and Logic Families;
• Comparison of Common Logic Families;
• Introduction to Switching Algebra;
Course Description/Course
Contents • Design of Logic Systems;
• Design of Combinational Logic Systems; Memory Elements;
Design of Sequential Logic Systems;
• Digital System Testing; Faults in Digital Circuits; Test
Generation for and Testable Combinational Circuits; Test
Generation and Testable Sequential Circuits; Built-in Self
Test (BIST).
Pre-requisites EEng3082: Applied Electronics II
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Methods Lectures supported by tutorials and Laboratory Exercises.

Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering

Grading Programs”
System
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook:
Literature 1. R. J. Tocci and N. S. Widmer: Digital Systems – Principles
and Applications, 9th Ed, Prentice Hall, 2004.

267
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

2. T.L. Floyd: Digital Fundamentals, Prentice Hall, June 2005.

3. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic: Fundamentals of Digital
Logic with Verilog Design, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
Science/Engineering/Math; 1st edition 2002
References:
1. R.P. Jain: Modern Digital Electronics,
raw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 1 edition, (August
21, 2006).
2. Anant Agarwal and Jeffrey Lang: Foundations of Analog
and Digital Electronic Circuits, Morgan Kaufmann Series,
Jul 15, 2005.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Code CoEg4172
Course Title Computer Architecture and Organization
Degree Programme B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Title Digital Electronics and Computer Architecture.
CP Credit Points 5 CP
Students‟ Workload Lecture Tutorial Lab/Practice Home Study
(hrs/week) 2 3 - 5
• To introduce the architecture and organization of a computer
Course Objectives system and its components
• To design and simulate a basic computer system

268
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• General Introduction
Organization and architecture, computer evolution,
performance, models of a computer system
• The Central Processing Unit
Computer arithmetic, Instruction sets, Instruction format and
addressing modes, CPU Structure, RISC and CISC, Pipelining,
The Control Unit (Hardwired and Microprogrammed
Implementations)
• Memory Systems

Course Description / Classification and hierarchy of Memory systems, Main

Course Contents memory,
Cache Memory, Secondary Memory, Other types of memory,
Memory Management
• Input Output Systems
Input Output devices, modes of transfer, I/O interface,
Techniques used for I/O Operations: Programmed, Interrupt-
driven, Direct Memory Access
• Advanced topics
• Introduction to parallel processing, Low level data structures,
Introduction to operating systems
Pre-requisites CoEng4171: Digital Logic Design
Semester Year 4, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures supported by tutorials and class exercises
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
& Grading System Programs”
Attendance A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Requirements

269
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Textbook:
1. John D. Carpinelli: Computer System organization and
Architecture, Addison Wesley; US Ed edition Oct 20, 2000.
Literature 2. M.M.Mano: Computer System Architecture, Prentice Hall :
Sept 1992.
3. Patterson and J. Hennessy: Computer Organization and Design:
The
Hardware/Software Interface, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
Inc., Second edition, 1998.
References:
1. John P. Hayes: Computer Architecture and Organization,
McGrawHill Companies; 3rd edition (December 1, 1997).
2. (HP) John L. Hennessy and David A. Patterson, Computer
Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 4th Edition, 2006.
3. Mark D. Hill, Norman P. Jouppi, and Gurindar S. Sohi Readings
in Computer Architecture, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2000.
4. Miles J. Murdocca: Computer Architecture and Organization:
An Integrated Approach, Internet Institute, USA,2000, Vincent
P. Heuring, University of Colorado.
5. V. C. Hamacher, Z. G. Vrasenic, and S. G. Zaky, Computer
Organization, McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition, 1990. J. P. Hayes,
Computer Architecture and Organization. M. Mano, Digital
Design, 2nd edition.

Program of Electrical and Computer Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of
Technology

Course Number CoEg5171

Course Title Microprocessors and Interfacing
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

270
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Digital Electronics & Computer Architecture

CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
.Contact Hours (per week)
2 - 3 5
• To familiarize the basics of microcomputers register level
organization, instruction set and peripheral devices

Course Objectives interfacing.

• To interface hardware to the personal computers and
design microprocessors.
• Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers
• 8086 Microcomputer Architecture
Register level organization; Memory organization; Bus
systems; Peripheral hardware organization
• Programming Microcomputers
8086 Instruction Set; Assembly language
programming:
Stacks, Subroutines, Input/Output, Exception and
Interrupt
Course Description/Course • Interfacing Fundamentals
Contents Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC);
Programmable
Peripheral Interface (PPI); Universal Synchronous
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART);
Programmable Interval Timer (PIT)
• Interfacing Hardware to Personal Computers Designing
Microprocessors
• Microcontrollers and its applications

• Introduction FPGA and Its applications

Pre-requisites EEng-4172: Computer Architecture and Organization
Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory

271
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial and laboratory exercises.

Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 80 % of the classes
Textbook
1. Walter A. Triebel, Avtar Singh : The 8088 and 8086
Microprocessors : Programming, Interfacing, Software,
Hardware, and Applications, Prentice Hall : 4th edition
Aug 2004
2. H. S. Stone: Microcomputer Interfacing, 1st edition,
Literature
Addison-Wesley Longman, 1982 Publishing Co., Inc.
Reference:
1. Stephen E. Derenzo: Practical Interfacing in the
Laboratory: Using a PC for Instrumentation, Data
Analysis and Control, Cambridge University
Press:2003.
2. G.Jack Lipovski: 16- and 32-bit Microcomputer
Interfacing, Prentice Hall (Higher Education Division,
Pearson Education) (Jul 1 1990).
3. Alan Clements, Microprocessor Systems Design: 68000
Hardware, Software, and Interfacing, Third Addition,
PWS Publishing Company, New York, 1997.
4. Han-Way Huang : PIC Microcontroller: An Introduction
to Software & Hardware Interfacing, Thomson Delmar
Learning; 1st edition July 1, 2004.
5. G.Jack Lipovski : 16- and 32-bit Microcomputer
Interfacing, Prentice Hall Jul 1 1990.

16.18 Process Control and Automation Module

272
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module [18]
Number
Justification of the module
• This module is designed to provide students a working knowledge of
Embedded Systems and Robotics.
Rationale and Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
objective of the
• Introduce the basic concept of embedded systems, hardware and
module
firmware designs
• Introduce Robot Fundamentals; Mechanisms and Actuators, Sensors
and Detectors; Robot Applications and Programming.
Total CP of the
25 Credit Point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng5184 Industrial Process Control and Automation 5
EEng5182 Introduction to Robotics 5
EEng5181 Digital Control systems 5
EEng5186 Embedded Systems 5
EEng5183 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control 5

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5184

Course Title Industrial Process Control and Automation
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Process Control and Automation Module
CP Credits 5 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 2
At the end of this course students will be able to: -

Course Objectives • Understand the basic concept of process control

fundamentals
• Understand the advanced control techniques.

273
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Understand the concept of advanced industrial process

control
• To design and simulate typical industrial process control
systems
• Develop the automation industrial process

Introduction to Process Control: Review of fundamentals of

process control, Representative process control problems,
Course Description
Classification of process control strategies, basic control model,
Review of process control design, Design and performance analysis
of PID controller,;
PID Controller Tuning Techniques: Closed loop oscillation based
tuning, Zeigler-Nichole’s method, Tyrus and Luyben tuning
method, Cohen-Coon parameters, Direct synthesis;
Advanced Control Strategies: Cascade control, Feed –forward
control, Ratio Control, Internal model control (IMC), Dead time
control, Selective and over-ride control;
Programmable Logic Control (PLC): Introduction to PLC, basic
parts of PLC, Input and output Device of PLC, PLC programming,
Interfacing PLC with field device;
Computer Control of Processes: Basics of Control Computers,
Distributed control system (DCS), Communication Protocol, Human
Machine Interface (HMI),Introduction to SCADA system, Typical
architectures of SCADA, Functions of SCADA, SCADA hard ware
and software requirements
2. Introduction to Process Control
• Review of fundamentals of process control
• Process Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
• Representative process control problems
• Classification of process control strategies
• basic control model
• Review of process control design
Course Contents • Design and performance analysis of PID controller
3. PID Controller Tuning Techniques
• Closed loop oscillation-based tuning
• Zeigler-Nichole’s method
• Tyrus and Luyben tuning method
• Cohen-Coon parameters
• Direct synthesis
• PID Design based on IMC
4. Advanced Control Strategies
• Cascade control

274
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Feed –forward control

• Ratio Control
• Internal model control (IMC)
• Dead time control
• Selective
• over-ride control
5. Programmable Logic Control (PLC)
• Introduction to PLC
• basic parts of PLC
• Input and output Device of PLC
• PLC programming
• Interfacing PLC with field device;
6. Computer Control of Processes
• Basics of Control Computers
• Distributed control system (DCS)
• Communication Protocol
• Human Machine Interface (HMI)
• Introduction to SCADA system
• Typical architectures of SCADA
• Functions of SCADA, SCADA hard ware and software
requirements
Pre-requisites EEng 3152: Introduction to Control Engineering
Semester Year 4, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbooks:
1. Seborg, D., Edgar F., Mellichamp D., “Process Dynamics and
Control”, Wiley, Newyork 1989.
2. Stephanopoulos, “Chemical Process Control: An introduction
Literature
to Theory and Practice”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Harriott P., “Process Control”, MH, 1991.
.

275
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

References:
1. Liptak B.G,” Process Control”, Third Edition., Chilton
Book Company, Pennsylvania, 1995.
2. Pollard A., “Process control”, London, 1971.
3. Eckman D.P., “Automatic Process Control”, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
4. Patranabis,”. Process Control”
5. Coughanowr, “Process System Analysis and Control”,
McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1991
6. D. PATRANABIS,” Principles of Process Control”, Third
Edition, NEW DELHI,2012.

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5182

Course Title Introduction to robotics
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Process Control and Automation Module
CP 5
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 3 3 3
At the end of this course the student will be able to: -
• Understand the fundamentals of robotics
• Formulate the kinematics and dynamics of robotics

Course Objectives • Analysis the kinematics and dynamics of robotics

• Develop the appropriate mechanism of robotics
• Formulate the nearest trajectory planning
• Design the controller of robotics
Introduction: - What is Robotics?,Components of Robotics,
Course Description Classification of Robotics, Actuators , sensors of Robotics and
Application of Robotics ;Robot kinematics: - rigid body motion,

276
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

transformation of coordinates, Position, Velocity, Acceleration, Force

torque; Modeling of dynamics: - Newtons equations, Euler Lagrange
method; Mechanism design: - Manipulability Ellipsoid and
Manipulability Measure, Various Indices of Manipulability; Trajectory
generation: - Joint space planning, Cartesian space planning; Robot
control; -Linear control, Nonlinear control, Force control

1. Introduction
1.1. What is Robotics?
1.2.Components of Robotics
1.3.Classification of Robotics
1.4.Actuators and sensors of Robotics
1.5.Application of Robotics
2. Kinematics
2.1. Position and Orientation of Objects
2.2.Coordinate Transformation
2.3.Joint Variables and Position of End Effector
2.4.Inverse Kinematics Problem
Course Contents 2.5. Jacobian Matrix
2.6. Statics and Jacobian Matrices
3. Dynamics
3.1. Lagrangian and Newton-Euler Formulations
3.2.Some Basics of Kinematics
3.3. Derivation of Dynamics Equations Based on Lagrangian
Formulation
3.4. Derivation of Dynamic Equations Based on Newton-Euler
Formulation
3.5. Use of Dynamics Equations and Computational Load
3.6.Identification of Manipulator Dynamics
4. Trajectory planning and generation
4.1. Joint space planning

277
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

4.2. Cartesian space planning

4.3. Point-to-point vs. continuous planning
5. Manipulator-mechanism design
5.1. Manipulability Ellipsoid and Manipulability Measure
5.2. Best Configurations of Robotic Mechanisms from Manipulability
Viewpoint
5.3. Various Indices of Manipulability
5.4.Dynamic Manipulability
6. Robot control
6.1. Linear control of manipulators.
6.2.Nonlinear control of manipulators.
6.3.Force control of manipulators.
Pre-requisites EEng 3152: Introduction to Control Engineering
Semester Year 5, Semester II
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering Programs”
Grading System
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbooks:
1. Tsuneo Yoshikawa,” Foundations of robotics: analysis and
control”,1988
References:

1. John J. Craig,” Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”,

Literature Third Edition
2. Saeed Benjamin Niku,” introduction to robotics
analysis,control,applications”, Second Edition
3. S K Saha,” Introduction to Robotics”, Second Edition, New Delhi
4. Ramachandran Nagarajan,” introduction to industrial robotics”,
India, 2016

278
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

5. Ashitava Chosal,” robotics fundamentals concepts and analysis”,

oxford university ,2006
6. Robert J.schilling,” fundamentals of robotics analysis and
control”,New Delhi,2003

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng5181

Course Title Digital Control Systems

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Process Control and Automation Module

CP Credits 6 CP

Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study

Laboratory
2 3 3 2

Course Objectives At the end of this course students will be able to:

· Design of digital control using transform techniques

and state space methods

· Digital control system applications and practices.

Course Description Nowadays, most of the control systems use digital

computers or microprocessors to implement the
controllers. Design of digital controllers for continuous-
time systems has some similarities and some differences
with that of continuous-time controllers

279
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Contents Chapter 1: Linear discrete dynamic-system analysis

· Review of Z-transform and discrete data

systems,

· Sample and hold, discrete equivalents to

continuous transfer functions,

· Effect of quantization in digital data.

Chapter 2: Design of digital control systems using

transform techniques

• Control system specification

• Design using emulation
• z-plane design using root locus
• Frequency response methods with z-transform
and w-transform
• Direct design method Ragazzini, PID
controller

Chapter 3: Design of Digital control using state space

method

• Control-law design,
• Estimator design,
• Regulator design,
• Introducing reference input,
• Controllability and observability.

Chapter 4 Application and practices of digital control

• Digital control system hardware, software and

firmware development, system integration
(simulation and implementation),
• Manufacturing digital control systems

Pre-requisites EEng 4155 : Modern control System

Semester Year 5, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

280
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory

Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Literature Textbook:

1. Jene F. Franklin and others, “Digital Control of

Dynamic systems” Addison-Wesley publishing company,
second Edition

References:

1. Benjamin C. Kuo today “Digital Control

Systems

2. Charles L. Phillips & H. Troy Nagle, Digital

Control System Analysis and Design

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng5186

Course Title Embedded Systems

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Process Control and Automation Module

CP Credits 6 CP

Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Tutorial Practice or Home study

Laboratory
2 3 3 2

281
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Objectives At the end of this course students will be able to:

Course Description

Course Contents

Pre-requisites

Semester Year 5, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory

Methods exercises.
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for
Grading System Engineering Programs”

282
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

Literature Textbook:

References:

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Course Number EEng5183

Course Title Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Module Process Control and Automation Module

CP Credits 5 CP
Contact Hours (per week) Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study

2 3 3 2
Course Objectives At the end of this course students will be able to:

o understanding of neural networks and fuzzy logic

fundamentals,

o understanding neuro-fuzzy fundamentals

o Program the related algorithms and

o Design the required and related systems.

283
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Description/ Basic introduction to neural networks & fuzzy logic,

development and implementation. It includes; Neural versus
conventional computing. Learning processes. The MLP NN,
backpropagation learning algorithm. Recurrent networks. Self-
organization Feature maps. Applications. Introduction to Fuzzy
set theory; Fuzzy Logic; fuzzy inference system; fuzzy logic
control and Neuro-Fuzzy system in engineering.

Pre-requisites EEng 4155 Modern Control System

Course contents Chapter 1 Introduction

• Computational Intelligence
• Paradigms of Computational Intelligence
• Approaches to Computational Intelligence
• Synergies of Computational Intelligence Techniques
• Applications of Computational Intelligence

Chapter 2: Fundamentals of Fuzzy Logic System

• Fuzzy Logic
• Fuzzy Sets
• Membership Functions
• Features of MFs
• Operations on Fuzzy Sets
• Properties of fuzzy sets
• Fuzzy relation
• Fuzzy proposition Fuzzy implication

Chapter 3: Fuzzy Systems and Applications

• Fuzzy inference
• Fuzzification
• Defuzzification

284
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

• Fuzzy logic control

Chapter 4: Fundamental of Neural Networks

• Introduction
• Artificial Neuron Model
• Activation Functions
• Network Architecture
• Learning in Neural Networks
• Single – layer NN system

Chapter 5: Major class of Neural Networks

• .Multilayer Neural Network

• RBF Neural Network
• Hopfield Neural Network
• .Self- organizing Neural Network

Chapter 6: Introduction Neural -Fuzzy System

• .Neuro-Fuzzy hybrid
• .Architecture of fuzzy-back propagation

Semester Year 5, Semester I

Status of Course Compulsory

Teaching & Learning Lecture supported by tutorial, assignment and laboratory exercises.
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes

285
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Literature Textbook:

• Jyh-Shing, Chuen-T, Eiji M., Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft

Computing: A Computational Approach to Learning and
Machine Intelligence, 1997
• S.N. Deepa S.N. Sivananda, principle of soft computing,2nd
Ed Oct 13, 2011

References:

• Chen, G., Introduction to fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic, and fuzzy

control systems, 2001
• Ahmad M. Ibrahim, Fuzzy Logic for Control of Embedded
System Applications ,2004
• Zilouchian and Mohammad, Intelligent control systems
using soft computing methodologies, Washington, D.C
• Hung T., A first course in fuzzy and neural control, London
New York Washington, D.C.
• Ernest C. Jacek L, Fuzzy and Neuro-Fuzzy Intelligent
Systems, New York, 2000
• Ross, Timothy J., Fuzzy logic with engineering applications,
2010

16.19 Industrial Practice Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [19]

286
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Justification of the module

• It is believed that students get introduced to methods of problem

solving, team work and presentation skill before the B.Sc. thesis.
• This module is intended to introduce students to practical aspCp of
Electrical, Electronic and Computer Engineering.
• In the industry internship students must be attached to industry for six
months in order to get real world experience in their field of study,
which compliments their education.
Rationale and
objective of the Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module
module

• Introduce/enhance practical skill in basic electrical/computer

engineering.
• Develop skills in group working.
• Link theory to practice in the workplace doing real project.
• Participate in well-scoped and devised projCp.
• Work with experienced engineers using new technologies and
facilities.
• Develop a work discipline.
Total CP of the
30 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng4193 Industrial Internship 6CP

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng4192

Course Title Internship
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Industry internship and Project

287
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

CP Credits 30 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
0 0 6 6
• Link theory to practice in the workplace doing real project.
• Participate in well-scoped and devised projCp.

Course Objectives • Work with experienced engineers using new technologies

and facilities.
• Develop a work discipline
• The Students must be attached with an industry for at least
for six months in order to get real world experience in their
field of study, which compliments their education.
Course Description/Course
Contents • The student and the internship coach at the industry have to
submit a report on the attachment program, which is
evaluated at the program al committee with pass or fail grade
Successful completion of all semester courses before the
Pre-requisites
internship program
Semester Year 4, Semester III (Summer)
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Project work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Report and Presentation are evaluated by Program al committee
Grading System instructors
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature References

16.20 Project and Research Module

Program of Electrical Engineering
University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology
Module Number [20]

288
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Justification of the module

• The B.Sc. Thesis is the final element of the B.Sc. study program. The
main goal of this course is to develop the individual creative and
problem solving ability of graduates. Students will receive an individual
project specification from various areas and work them out individually
under the supervision of faculty advisor or/and professional advisor
from the industry. The candidate use all the theoretical knowledge and
practical skill he obtained during his/her study to solve the engineering
problem in a scientific way which includes problem analysis, solution,
Rationale and verification, implementation, documentation, and presentation. B.Sc.
objective of the
module Thesis is defended in front of the official committee at the end of the
study.

Short narrative on the aims and characteristics of the module

• The course is designed to provide students with the capacity to solve

engineering problems using the scientific methods.
• It helps to test student‟s ability and capacity in using his knowledge to
solve real world engineering problems.
• It is a medium and a means to strengthen the linkage with the industry
and solve the problem of the industry.
Total CP of the
19 credit point
module

Courses of the Module

Course Number Course Name Cp
EEng5201 Semester Project 4
EEng5203 Research Methods 3
EEng5202 Final Year. Project 12

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5201

289
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Course Title Semester project

Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Industry Internship and Project
CP Credits 4 CP
Lecture Tutoria Practice or Laboratory Home
Contact Hours (per week) l study
0 0 5 3
• Gain knowledge and understanding of in solving
engineering problem

Course Objectives • Apply knowledge to solving practical problems

• Learn team work and presentation skill before the B.Sc.
thesis.
• Design problems in the area of power, control,
communication, microelectronics and computer are
Course Description/Course
Contents given to the students.
• Results of the project are reviewed by instructors
Pre-requisites Advanced standing-has to pass all the exams taken
Semester Year 5, Semester I
Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Project work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Report and Presentation are evaluated by Program al
Grading System committee instructors
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature References

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng 5203

Course Title Research Methods
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module Industry Internship and Project
CP Credits 3 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
2 0 0 4

290
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

To enable students to understand and apply

• Methodologies/techniques and process of doing
Course Objectives research projCp.
• Presentation skills both in written and oral form
with/without the aid of audiovisual equipment
1. Research methods
• Necessity, types and levels of researches;
• Information sources and means for R&D works;
• Problem formulation, modeling & experimentation;
• Data collection/generation and processing
2. Presentation skills
• Research and project proposals:
• Formats and contents of proposals; Technical report
writing (TRW):
• Formats & contents of technical reports; Oral
presentation skills:
• Knowledge and application of some widely used key
Course Description/Course vocabularies in engineering and science;
Contents
• Outlining and formatting oral presentations;
• Applications of audiovisual equipment and software
(multimedia)
• Personal preparation for presentation
3. Management aspect of Research and Development
(R&D) works and outputs
• Discussion forums and participants roles
• participation in and/or coordinating forums;
• Intellectual Property Rights (ownership) and means of
protections;
• Management of finalized, active and prospective R&D
works and themes
Pre-requisites None

291
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Semester Year 4, Semester II

Status of Course Compulsory
Teaching & Learning Lectures, tutorials
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Refer Article 9 of the “Academic Regulations for Engineering
Grading System Programs”
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Textbook
1. Jerry R. Thomas,Jack K. Nelson, Stephen J. Siliverman:
Literature
Research Methods in Physical Activity Presentation,
Package, 5th
edition,2005.
2. Davies J.W.: Communication for Engineering Students ,
Longman 1996.

Reference:
1. van Emden J. and Easteal J. Technical Writing and
Speaking, an Introduction (McGraw-Hill 1996).
2. Sekaran: Research Methods For Business: A Skill
Building Approach, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
3. Bruce L. Berg: Qualitative Research Methods, (3rd
edition, 1998).

Program of Electrical Engineering

University of Bahir Dar, Bahir Dar Institute of Technology

Course Number EEng5202

Course Title B.Sc. Project
Degree Program B. Sc. in Electrical Engineering
Module B.SC. Project
CP Credits 12 CP
Lecture Tutorial Practice or Laboratory Home study
Contact Hours (per week)
0 0 18 6

292
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

1. Develop the individual creative and problem solving ability

of graduates.
2. Solve engineering problem as a pre-requisite for graduation
Course Objectives 3. Apply the gained knowledge in an integrated way to solve
practical and industrial problems in a scientific way
4. Learn team work and presentation skill

5. Engineering and industrial problems in the area of power,

control, communication, microelectronics and computer are
Course Description/Course solved individually by the student.
Contents 6. The report has to be defended and is evaluated inform of an
Official Program al Committee.

Pre-requisites Advanced Standing Status

Semester Year 5, Semester II
Status of Course
Teaching & Learning Project work
Methods
Assessment/Evaluation & Report and Presentation are evaluated by Program al committee
Grading System instructors
Attendance Requirements A student must attend at least 85 % of the classes
Literature Reference

293
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

Appendices

I. Holistic Exam Guideline

General
The study programme for the Degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Electrical Engineering
requires a holistic exam to be carried out at the end of the 7th study semester. The successful pass
of the holistic exam is a pre-requisite for the students’ eligibility for the subsequent Internship.
These Regulations shall give clear indications on the objectives, the organization and the
evaluation of this holistic exam. These Regulations are established in line with the stipulations
made in Article 23 of the “Academic Regulation for Engineering Programs” (Bahir Dar University,
Institute of Technology, August 2008, senate approved).

II. Objectives of the Holistic Exam

The Holistic Exam is intended to proof the students’ capability to interlink special knowledge and
skills obtained through theoretical (classroom courses) and practical (workshop, laboratory &
computer exercises) education in individual study programme modules over the first 3 and a half
years of studies. The holistic exam thus forces the students’ to:

• carefully review the study programme subjects of the first 7 study semesters
• understand the relevance of phenomena and design principles learned in individual study
programme modules on complex engineering projects
• apply knowledge and skills obtained in individual courses on real world type problems and
projects However, for the following reasons the expectations on the holistic exam shall be
limited to a appropriate and feasible level:
• Although the lecturers emphasize to explain and illustrate the relevance, importance and
applicability of their individual course subjects for engineering projects, the study
programme in the first 3 and a half study years – is not designed to specifically focus on
project-oriented studies. These skills shall be achieved by the students only during the
internship and during the so-called project studies in the 8th and 9th study semester.
• three hours written exam may not allow to cover complex engineering projects
including detailed problem analysis, concept development and design activities. Even in
case open book exams would be allowed, the theoretical knowledge load would be

294
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

extremely high

295
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

and the exam preparation time would at the same time be rather limited to repeat all detailed
subjects taught in the first six semesters.
• Taking into consideration the above framework conditions it has been decided to slightly
amend the original objective of a holistic exam to the following:
• Recall of the basic scientific and engineering phenomena and design principles relevant
to approach engineering projects
• Qualitative description of methods for problem analysis, infrastructure project planning
and design
• Application of fundamental design criteria and design methods on common engineering
project tasks.
III. Organization of the Holistic Exam
a. Eligibility Requirements

To be eligible for the Holistic Exam the student must have successfully completed all module
exams of the first 3 and a half study years (semester 1 to 7). Students shall be registered for the
Holistic Exam not later than 2 weeks after the end of the 7th semester. The exam shall be held not
later than 4 weeks after the end of the 7th semester.

b. Type of Exam

The Holistic exam is a written close-book type exam of 3 hours exam period. The exam subject
shall cover several subjects taught in the first three and a half study years (semester 1 to 7).

IV. Evaluation of the Holistic Exam

a. Students’ Working Hours and ECTS

The Holistic Exam is credited with a total of 2 ECTS-points. According to the guidelines of the
European Credit Transfer System one ECTS point corresponds to 30 hours of students’
workload. Thus the expected total students’ workload for the preparation and the realization of
the Holistic exam is estimated at 60 working hours.

b. Evaluation Grading System

The Holistic Exam shall be evaluated according to the grading system set out in article 9.1 of the
“Academic Regulation” (BDU, Institute of Technology, August 2008).

296
 Curriculum for B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering

c. Failure and Re-Examination

In line with the above-mentioned article 9.1 of the “Academic Regulation” a minimum number of
50 points must be achieved to successfully pass the Holistic Exam. In case a student fails to achieve
this minimum score, he shall be allowed to repeat the Holistic Exam twice. As the realization of
the Internship in the 7th semester depends on the successful pass of the Holistic Exam the
reexamination shall take place well in advance of the commencement of the Internship. In line
with the stipulations set out in the above-mentioned “Academic Regulation” the student shall be
academically dismissed if he fails for the third time.

297